ECE - NBA - 2016 PART (Landscape) PDF

5/3/2016 https://enba.nbaind.org/SARTemplates/SARUGTireIITemplateRevisedPrint.aspx?
Appid=1279&Progid=578#
Electronics & Communication Engg.
Part A : Institutional Information
1 Name and Address of the Institution
MALLA REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS INSTITUTION)
MAISAMMAGUDA, DHULAPALLY (VIA. KOMPALLY), SECUNDERABAD - 500100
TELANGANA STATE, INDIA.
2 Name and Address of Affiliating University
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD
KUKATPALLY, HYDERABAD - 500085
TELANGANA STATE, INDIA.
3 Year of establishment of the Institution:
2004
4 Type of the Institution:
University Autonomous
Deemed University Affiliated
Government Aided
5 Ownership Status:
https://enba.nbaind.org/SARTemplates/SARUGTireIITemplateRevisedPrint.aspx?Appid=1279&Progid=578# 1/380
5/3/2016 https://enba.nbaind.org/SARTemplates/SARUGTireIITemplateRevisedPrint.aspx?Appid=1279&Progid=578#
Central Government Trust

State Government Society
Government Aided Section 25 Company
Self financing Any Other(Please Specify)
6 Other Academic Institutions of the Trust/Society/Company etc., if any:
Name of Institutions Year of Establishment Programs of Study Location

ENGINEERING &
MALLA REDDY ENGINEERING COLLEGE 2002 SECUNDERABAD
TECHNOLOGY/MANAGEMENT/MCA
MALLA REDDY COLLEGE OF PHARMACY 2004 UG/PG SECUNDERABAD
MALLA REDDY INSTITUTEOF MANAGEMENT 2003 MANAGEMENT SECUNDERABAD
7 Details of all the programs being offered by the institution under consideration:
Year of Increase in Year of Year of initial AICTE Accreditaion Visit

S.No Program Name Intake Accreditation Status
Start Intake Increase approval Period Dates
1 PG - Systems & Signal Processing 2011 18 18 2012 2011 Eligible but not applied
2 PG - Aerospace Engineering 2010 36 36 2011 2010 Eligible but not applied
UG - Electronics and Communication Granted provisional accreditation for two years for the period(specify
3 2004 60 240 2013 2004 2012-2015
Engineering period)
Granted provisional accreditation for two years for the period(specify
4 UG - Computer Science and Engineering 2004 60 240 2012 2004 2012-2015
period)
5 UG - Aeronautical Engineering 2004 60 120 2007 2004 2012-2015
period)
6 UG - Information Technology 2007 60 60 2008 2007 Applying first time
7 UG - Mechanical Engineering 2010 60 180 2013 2010 Not eligible for accreditation
8 UG - Mining Engineering 2013 60 60 2014 2013 Not eligible for accreditation
9 PG - Computer Science and Engineering 2010 36 36 2011 2010 Eligible but not applied
10 PG - VLSI and Embedded Systems 2012 24 24 2013 2012 Eligible but not applied
11 PG - Machine Design 2012 24 24 2013 2012 Eligible but not applied
12 PG - Thermal Engineering 2013 24 24 2014 2013 Not eligible for accreditation
13 PG - Master in Business Administration 2006 60 240 2013 2006 2012-2015
period)
8 Programs to be considered for Accreditation vide this application:
S No Level Discipline Program

1 Under Graduate Engineering & Technology Aeronautical Engg.
2 Under Graduate Engineering & Technology Computer Science & Engg.
3 Under Graduate Engineering & Technology Electronics & Communication Engg.
4 Under Graduate Engineering & Technology Information Technology
5 Post Graduate Management Masters in Business Administration
9 Total number of employees in the institution:
Note -
Full time on roll with prescribed pay scale. An employee on contract for a period of not less than two years AND drawing consolidated salary not less than applicable gross salary shall only be counted as a regular employee.
Prescribed pay scales means pay scales notified by the AICTE/Central Government and implementation as prescribed by the State Government. In case State Government prescribes lesser consolidated salary for a particular cadre then same will be
considered as reference while counting faculty as a regular faculty.
CAY Current Assessment Year
CAYm1 Current Assessment Year minus 1
CAYm2 Current Assessment Year minus 2
A. Regular* Employees (Faculty and Staff):
2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Items
MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX
179 102 90
Faculty in Engineering (Male)
181 102 91
67 42 48
Faculty in Engineering (Female)
68 44 49
31 16 16
Faculty in Maths, Science & Humanities (Male)
32 16 16
23 19 16
Faculty in Maths, Science & Humanities (FeMale)
24 20 16
88 70 62
Non-teaching staff (Male)
90 72 65
53 43 38
Non-teaching staff (FeMale)
55 46 40
B. Contractual* Employees (Faculty and Staff):
2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Items
MIN MAX MIN MAX MIN MAX
0 0 0
Faculty in Engineering (Male)
0 0 0
0 0 0
Faculty in Engineering (Female)
0 0 0
0 0 0
Faculty in Maths, Science & Humanities (Male)
0 0 0
0 0 0
Faculty in Maths, Science & Humanities (FeMale)
0 0 0
37 29 21
Non-teaching staff (Male)
40 32 25
13 14 10
Non-teaching staff (FeMale)
15 16 12
10 Total number of Engineering Students:
Engineering and Technology- UG

Shift1 Shift2
Engineering and Technology- PG Shift1 Shift2
Engineering and Technology- Polytechnic Shift1 Shift2
MBA Shift1 Shift2

Shift1 Shift2
MCA
Instructions -
(The data may be categorized in tabular form separately for undergraduate, postgraduate engineering, other program,if applicable) Note: In case the Institution is running AICTE approved additional courses such as MBA, MCA in the first shift,
engineering courses in the second shift, Polytechnic in Second shift etc., separate tables with the relevant heading shall be prepared.
Please check the Shift from the above check list to fill the details. Click the button to create table in which you have to fill the number of students in different Discipline and Shifts.
Engineering and Technology- UG Shift-1
Items 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Total no. of Boys 2149 1721 1450
Total no. of Girls 792 753 604
Total 2941 2474 2054
Engineering and Technology- PG Shift-1
Items 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Total 321 314 222
Engineering and Technology- PG Shift-2
Items 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Total 153 155 105
Engineering and Technology- MBA Shift-1
Items 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Total 472 414 235
11 Vision of the Institution:
To become a model institution in the fields of Engineering Technology and Management.

To have a perfect synchronization of the ideologies of MRCET with challenging demands of International Pioneering Organizations.
12 Mission of the Institution:
To establish a pedestal for the integral innovation, team spirit, originality and competence in the students, expose them to face the global challenges and become pioneers of Indian vision of modern society.
13 Contact Information of the Head of the Institution and NBA coordinator, if designated:
Head of the Institution
Name Dr. VSK Reddy
Designation Principal
Mobile No. 9440790760
Email ID mrcet2004@gmail.com
NBA Coordinator, If Designated
Name Dr. S. Srinivasa Rao
Designation Professor & HOD - ECE
Mobile No. 9346648391
Email ID mrcetece@gmail.com
PART B: Criteria Summary
Critera No. Criteria Total Marks Institute Marks

1 VISION, MISSION AND PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES 60 60.00
2 PROGRAM CURRICULUM AND TEACHING - LEARNING PROCESSES 120 120.00
3 COURSE OUTCOMES AND PROGRAM OUTCOMES 120 120.00
4 STUDENTS’ PERFORMANCE 150 125.61
5 FACULTY INFORMATION AND CONTRIBUTIONS 200 178.82
6 FACILITIES AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT 80 80.00
7 CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT 50 50.00
8 FIRST YEAR ACADEMICS 50 46.33
9 STUDENT SUPPORT SYSTEMS 50 50.00
10 GOVERNANCE, INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT AND FINANCIAL RESOURCES 120 120.00
Total 1000 951
Part B
1 VISION, MISSION AND PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (60)
1.1 State the Vision and Mission of the Department and Institute (5)
5.00
(Vision statement typically indicates aspirations and Mission statement states the broad approach to achieve aspirations)
(Here Institute Vision and Mission statements have been asked to ensure consistency with the department Vision and Mission statements; the assessment of the Institute Vision and Mission will be taken up in Criterion10)

Vision of the institute To have a perfect synchronization of the ideologies of MRCET with challenging demands of International Pioneering
Organizations.
To establish a pedestal for the integral innovation, team spirit, originality and competence in the students, expose
Mission of the institute them to face the global challenges and become pioneers of Indian vision of modern society.
The Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering came into existence in 2000 immediately after the Institute was founded.
In the beginning it offered the B.Tech Degree started the M.Tech programme in the areas of Systems and Signal Processing and VLSI
and Embedded Systems. Considering the requirements, the department set up many laboratories in various areas of Electronics
Engineering in order to provide a very good practical training to the students. These laboratories have been upgraded and modernized
from time to time. It is heartening to note that research activities undertook almost since its inception. Research activities in the areas like
Vision of the Department
VLSI, CAD, Digital Signal Processing and Embedded Systems have been taken up. A “Centre of Excellence in Robotics” was
established in association with Robotics Automation Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad. The department got accredited in the year 2009 for three
years and scored 710 out of 1000 marks. Department Vision Statement: To evolve into a center of excellence in Engineering
Technology through creative and innovative practices in teaching-learning, promoting academic achievement & research excellence to
produce internationally accepted competitive and world class professionals.
To provide high quality academic programmes, training activities, research facilities and opportunities supported by continuous industry
Mission of the Department
institute interaction aimed at employability, entrepreneurship, leadership and research aptitude among students.
1.2 State the Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) (5)
5.00
(State the PEOs(3to5) of program seeking accreditation)
The Programme Educational Objectives of the programme offered by the department are broadly listed below:
The Program Educational Objectives of the program offered by the department are articulated as follows.
1.3 Indicate where the Vision, Mission and PEOs are published and disseminated among stakeholders (10)
10.00
(Describe where(websites, curriculam, posters etc.) the Vision, Mission and PEOs are published and detail the process which ensures awareness among internal and externals take holders with effective process implementation)
(Internal stakeholders may include Management, Governing Board Members, faculty, support staff, students etc. and external stakeholders may include employers, industry, alumni, funding agencies, etc.)
The Vision and Mission provide the direction to the department activities and its progress. For their effective implementation, the communities involved should understand, remember them. The stake holders in achieving the Vision and the Mission of the department are T
Students. The vision and Mission of the department are popularized by:
Publication of Mission and Vision
Mission and vision statements are displayed in the form of display boards in all the class rooms, laboratories, staff rooms, corridors and offices of the department including department boards.
Mission and vision statements are prominently published in the department home page of the college website which is frequented by all stakeholders of the programme.
They are also published in the department digital magazine and the college brochure which is released once every year.
Mission and vision statements are printed in the student handbooks which are published in hard/soft copy every semester and are given to students.
Dissemination of Mission and Vision
1.4 State the process for defining the Vision and Mission of the Department, and PEOs of the program (25)
25.00
(Articulate the process for defining the Vision and Mission of the department and PEOs of the program)
The mission and vision statements of the department are derived from the mission and vision statements of the institution which are in turn derived from the CMR Educational Society’s affiliated university (JNTUH)’s
vision. The mission and vision statements are also in tune with the current and future technological requirements of the society in terms of professionals required for the development of the nation, as the CMR Educatio
and JNTUH’s mission and vision are derived from the state/central government plans, developments, and the needs of the state/country. The entire process of defining the department’s mission and vision is given be
also illustrated in figure 1.1:
1. Relevant information is gathered for framing vision and mission of the department, such as
State/central government plans
Latest technological developments
Needs of the state and country
Malla Reddy College of Engineering & Technology’s vision and mission which is defined from the above and as well as the following:
CMR Educational Society’s vision and mission
JNTUH’s (affiliating university) vision and mission
2. Brainstorming sessions are conducted for deriving the mission and vision of the department from that of the institution with the stakeholders that include members from Governing Management, Faculty, Paren
Employers.
3. From the resolutions of the brainstorming sessions the vision statement of the department is articulated and approved by all the involved stakeholders.
4. From the vision statement, the mission statements are articulated which provide the means to achieve the vision of the department that is articulated in the previous step.
The mission and vision of the department of Electronics and Communications are first defined in 2004 when the institute was established and during which B.Tech in ECE programme was started.
As shown below, the process involves conduct of several brainstorming sessions with all the stakeholders while defining both the institutions and the department’s mission and vision. To be more precise, the vision
framed first and the mission to achieve the vision is then framed. From the mission of the department, the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) are derived. Programme outcomes (POs) are in turn derived fro
course outcomes (COs) are derived from POs. The design hierarchy of Vision, Mission, PEO, PO, CO and Programme Curriculum is shown in figure 1.2.
Process for defining the Vision and Mission statement of the Institute and Department:
Figure 1.2 Design hierarchy of Vision, Mission, PEOs, POs and COs
Before describing the process that periodically documents and demonstrates the PEOs, the needs of various stakeholders are to be identified and to be considered for defining the PEOs offered by the department.
Process for defining the PEOs of the department

To establish the PEOs, Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering has analyzed the survey reports collected from different stakeholders, their requirements and demands. Feedback is taken in the form
reports presented by the selected stakeholders of institution and their requirements and demands.
Table 1.2 Stakeholders demands
The PEOs for the B.Tech ECE programme describe the overall thrust of the ECE department as they guide the operation and continuous improvement of its undergraduate engineering are developed by the sen
consultation with other stakeholders of the programme, and by taking into consideration the mission statements of JNTUH, Malla Reddy College of Engineering & Technology and the MRCET ECE Department.
To achieve the mission, the ECE department has established and formulated PEOs which are statements describing the expected accomplishments of graduates during the first few graduation. PEOs evolve a
stakeholders periodically review them and fine tune them.
The department also recognizes that, with time, especially in a rapidly changing socio-economic environment and indeed of the world order, there can be a shift in the aspirations of looks towards strategic researc
government agencies, and the department’s assessment and evaluation system, through its vast alumni network to provide and adapt of achieving them to meet changing environmental aspirations.
The process of establishment of PEOs is as follows:
1. The information required for establishing PEOs is collected that includes the mission of the department.
2. Brainstorming sessions are conducted with the stakeholders committee and the needs of the stakeholders are identified.
3. Based on the needs identified and the mission of the department, the PEOs are defined, documented, published, and disseminated to all the stakeholders by the Department (DAC).
4. After a period of time (four years after the students graduate) the PEOs are assessed to know whether they have met the needs of the stakeholders by means of various direct methods/metrics that are given below:
a. Employer survey
b. Alumni Survey
c. Number of students who are successfully placed in industry
d. Number of students who have pursued higher education and research
e. Number of students who have setup an enterprise
5. If the results of the above assessments demonstrate that the defined PEOs are in tune with the needs of the stakeholders, the PEOs are considered to have been established.
6. If the results of the assessments demonstrate that the derived PEOs are not in tune with the needs of the stakeholders, then the PEOs are redefined by conducting brainstorming with all the stakeholders.
7. The process is repeated from step 3.
The process that is explained above is illustrated in the figure 1.3.
Documentation of the entire process of establishing is done by maintaining several files in the department. For each of the surveys explained above, a separate file is maintained year-The data in each of the files is collec
documented, and maintained by the department in both soft and hard copy.
Frequency with which Surveys, Updating Records and Meeting are conducted is given below in the table 1.4.
Table 1.4 Frequency of Data Collection of Surveys, Records and Meetings
The list of files maintained in the department along with contents, and their description is given below in Table 1.5.
Table 1.5 List of Files maintained in the Department
1.5 Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission of the Department (15)
15.00
(Generate a "Mission of the Department – PEOs matrix" with justification and rationale of the mapping)
Note : M1, M2, . . Mn are distinct elements of Mission statement.
Enter correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High) If there is no correlation, put “-”
Note: In this document wherever the term ‘Process’ has been used its meaning is process formulation, notification and implementation.
The following table shows the mapping between PEOs and key components of mission statement of the Department.
Table 1.6 Mapping between PEOs and Mission statement
To provide high quality academic programmes, training activities, research facilities and opportunities supported by continuous industry institute interaction aimed at employability, entrepreneurship, lea
research aptitude among students.
PEO1 is defined as:
To create and sustain a community of learning in which students acquire knowledge and learn to apply it professionally with due consideration for ethical, ecological and economic issues.
As per the above definition, it is clear that PEO1 is mainly concentrated on creating a student community who can acquire knowledge on par with due consideration for ethics, ecological issues.
The first part of mission statement is stated as
To provide high quality academic programmes among students
The above part of mission statement also highlights the significance of creating a student learning centre with due consideration for ethics, ecological and economic issues.
Therefore, comparing the statement of PEO1 and mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO1 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement
To provide training activities among students.
Comparing the PEO1 statement and the above part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO1 is strongly connected to this part of mission statement as it stress training activities to the students
To provide research facilities among students.
Comparing PEO1 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO1 is strongly connected to this part of mission statement which highlights the research work and findings.
To provide industry institute interaction aptitude among students
Comparing PEO1 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO1 is moderately connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the significance industry institute interacti
To provide employability among students
Comparing PEO1 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO1 is again moderately connected to mission statement because providing employability among students is one of the basic ob
programme offered.
To provide entrepreneurship qualities among students.
Comparing PEO1 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO1 is moderately connected to mission statement because providing entrepreneurship is an additional quality to be provided among th
the programme offered by the department.
To provide leadership among students.
Comparing PEO1 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO1 is substantially connected to mission statement because providing leadership is an additional quality to be provided among the st
programme offered by the department.
To provide high quality academic programmes, training activities, research facilities and opportunities supported by continuous industry institute interaction aimed at employability, entrepreneurship, lea
research aptitude among students.
II. Consistency of PEO2 with Mission statement
PEO2 is defined as
To provide knowledge based services to satisfy the needs of society and the industry by providing hands on experience in various technologies in core field.
As per the statement defined above, PEO2 stress the importance providing hands on experience in various technologies of core field to fulfill the needs of society and industries.
The above part of mission statement also highlights the significance of creating a student learning centre with due consideration for ethics, ecological and economic issues.
Therefore, comparing the statement of PEO2 and mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO2 is strongly connected to this part of mission statement
To provide training activities among students
Comparing the PEO2 statement and the above part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO2 is strongly connected to this part of mission statement as it stress the providing training activities with respec
of society and industry.
To provide research facilities among students.
Comparing PEO2 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO2 is moderately connected to this part of mission statement which highlights the need of research work and findings
To provide industry institute interaction aptitude among students
Comparing PEO2 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO2 is strongly connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the importance of industry institute interactio
Comparing PEO2 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO2 is again medium connected to mission statement because providing employability among students
Comparing PEO2 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO2 is again moderately connected to mission statement because providing entrepreneurship qualities among students.
To provide leadership among students
Comparing PEO2 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO2 is again moderately connected to mission statement because providing leadership qualities among students is taken care by this PEO
III. Consistency of PEO3 with Mission statement
PEO3 is defined as
To make the students to design, experiment, analyze, interpret in the core field with the help of other multi disciplinary concepts wherever applicable.
As per the statement defined above, PEO3 stress the importance of designing, experimenting, analyzing and interpreting various systems of the core field which will be the basic requirements multi disciplinary concepts
The above part of mission statement also highlights the significance of providing a student learning centre with high quality academic programmes. Therefore, comparing the statement of PEO3 and mission statemen
understood that PEO3 is strongly connected to this part of mission statement
Comparing the PEO3 statement and the above part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO3 is moderately connected to this part of mission statement as it stress the providing training activities with r
needs of society and industry.
To provide research facilities among students
Comparing PEO3 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO3 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement which highlights the importance for research work and
To provide industry institute interaction among students
Comparing PEO3 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO3 is moderately connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the important requirements of ind
interaction aptitude among students.
Comparing PEO3 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO3 is again moderately connected to mission statement because providing employability will be taken care by achieving this Programm
Objective.
Comparing PEO3 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO3 is again moderately connected to mission statement because providing entrepreneurship will be taken care by achieving thi
Educational Objective
To provide leadership qualities among students.
Comparing PEO3 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO3 is again moderately connected to mission statement because this PEO mainly concentrates in making the students to design, experi
and interpret the core field with multi disciplinary concepts.
IV. Consistency of PEO4 with Mission statement
PEO4 is defined as
To educate the students to disseminate research findings with good soft skills and become a successful entrepreneur
As per the statement defined above, PEO4 stress the importance of becoming a successful entrepreneur as well as dissemination of research findings with good soft skills.
The above part of mission statement also highlights the significance of creating a student learning centre with due consideration for high quality academic programmes.
Therefore, comparing the statement of PEO4 and mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO4 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement
Comparing the PEO4 statement and the above part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO4 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it stress the significance of providing training
successful entrepreneur..
Comparing PEO4 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO4 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement which highlights the importance of research work and f
Comparing PEO4 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO4 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the importance requirements to become
entrepreneur.
Comparing PEO4 statement with this part of mission statement, it is clear that PEO4 is moderately connected to mission statement because becoming a successful entrepreneur does not require any employability
Comparing PEO4 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO4 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the importance requirements to become
entrepreneur.
Comparing PEO4 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO4 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the importance leadership qualitie
become a successful entrepreneur
V. Consistency of PEO5 with Mission statement
PEO5 is defined as:

To graduate the students in building National capabilities in technology, education and research
As per the statement defined above, PEO4 stress the importance of becoming a successful entrepreneur as well as dissemination of research findings with good soft skills.
The above part of mission statement also highlights the significance of creating a student learning centre with due consideration to high academic programmes .
Therefore, comparing the statement of PEO5 and mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO5 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement because it stress the requirement of high academic pro
Comparing the PEO5 statement and the above part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO5 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it stress upon the importance of training act
students in building the national capabilities in technology, education and research.
Comparing PEO5 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO5 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement which highlights the significance of research finding
national capabilities at the top position globally.
Comparing PEO5 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO5 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the importance of industry institute
building the national capabilities in technology, education and research.
Comparing PEO5 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO5 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the importance of employability amon
building the national capabilities in technology, education and research.
Comparing PEO5 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO5 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the importance of entrepreneurship qu
Comparing PEO5 statement with the next part of mission statement, it is clearly understood that PEO5 is substantially connected to this part of mission statement as it highlights the importance of leadership qu
2 PROGRAM CURRICULUM AND TEACHING - LEARNING PROCESSES (120)
2.1 Program Curriculum (20)
2.1.1 State the process used to identify extent of compliance of the University curriculum for attaining the Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes as mentioned in AnnexureI. Also mention the identified curricular gaps, if any (10)
10.00
(State the process details; also mention identified curricular gaps).
Note: In case all POs are being demonstrably met through University Curriculum then 2.1.2 will not be applicable and the weightage of 2.1.1 will be 20.
The mission of the Program Curriculum is to educate and prepare diverse learners to achieve scholarly, professional, and individual success within a local and global context. The College serves as a catalyst fo
economic development, lifelong learning, and civic engagement. Proponents of Program Curriculum also investigate the relationship between curriculum theory and educational practice and the relationship bet
programs and the contours of the society and culture in which Colleges are located. Curriculum represents all of the courses of study offered by an educational institution. Curriculum is designed to assist stude
toward their goals, whether for immediate employment or transfer to another institution of higher education.
Specific questions related to curriculum studies include the following:

What should be taught?
Why should it be taught? To whom should it be taught?
What does it mean to be an educated person?
1. These Program Curriculum apply to engineering programmes that include electrical, electronic, computer, or similar modifiers in their titles. The structure of the curriculum must provide both breadth and depth
range of engineering topics implied by the title of the program.
2. The Curriculum must include Probability and Statistics, including applications appropriate to the program name; mathematics through differential and integral calculus; sciences (defined as biological, chemical, or
science); and engineering topics (including computing science) necessary to analyze and design complex electrical and electronic devices, software, and systems containing hardware and software components.
3. The Curriculum for programs containing the modifier “electrical” in the title must include advanced mathematics, such as differential equations, linear algebra, complex variables, and discrete mathematics.
4. The Curriculum for programs containing the modifier “computer” in the title must include discrete mathematics.
R09 Course Structure (IV B.Tech)
B. TECH ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
I YEAR
The pre-requisite flowchart of courses for R09 Program curriculum
R13 Course Structure (II B.Tech & III B.Tech)
B. TECH ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
I YEAR
The pre-requisite flowchart of courses for R13 Program curriculum

Listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of each the Programme Outcome is based. Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limite
exam questions, student portfolios, internally developed assessment exams, project presentations, nationally-normed exams, oral exams, focus groups, industrial advisory committee.
The programme curriculum satisfies the IEEE Programme Specific Criteria and can be shown by dividing it into core components
1. Mathematical Logic:
The importance of a serious mathematics education for engineering was highlighted in many studies. While there is no consensus on the amount and content of the mathematics for different engineering disciplin
consensus on the need for a basic mathematics in all of them. The most effective subjects for engineering mathematics must be a part of an engineering program which must give the chance to see the main develo
concepts and understanding for related subjects. These subjects provide the foundation to the electronics and communication programme. These include probability, statistics and calculus necessary to solve complex
The core zero consists of the material that the freshman should study before entry to an undergraduate engineering degree program. The core zero contains material which together forms a solid platform on which bu
engineering mathematics at university. The material in Core Zero has been grouped into five areas: Algebra, Analysis & Calculus, Discrete Mathematics, Geometry & Trigonometry, and Statistics & Probability. The m
level 1 builds on core zero and is regarded as basic to all engineering disciplines in that it provides the fundamental understanding of many mathematical principles. The material in core level 1 can be used by
understanding and the development of theory and in the sensible selection of tools for analysis of engineering problems. This material will be taught in the early stages of a university programme .The material at leve
core level 1. The material is advanced enough for simple real engineering problems to be addressed. Different disciplines will select different topics from the material of level 2 . Level 3 is the one at which the
techniques covered should be applied to a range of problems encountered in industry by practicing engineers. These advanced methods build on the foundations laid by levels 1 and 2 of the curriculum. It is quite
much of this material will be taught not within the context of dedicated mathematical units but as part of units on the engineering topics to which they directly apply.
2. Science: These include subjects like Physical and Chemical science, which can be used to analyze and solve advanced engineering subjects. A vibrant engineering education enterprise benefits civic, economic, a
activity in this country. Engineering graduates learn to integrate scientific and engineering principles to develop products and processes that contribute to economic growth, advances in medical care, enhanced nat
systems, ecologically sound resource management, and many other beneficial areas. As a result, students who graduate with engineering degrees bring highly prized skills into a wide spectrum of sectors .Some con
that results in socially or economically valuable technological applications. Others produce and manage the technological innovations said to account for one third to one half of growth in the economy. Still more br
analytical abilities and knowledge of high technology to fields as diverse as health care, financial services, law, and government.
3. Computing: These topics help to bridge the gap between hardware and software, to analyze and solve simple as well as complex problems.
4. Engineering Basics: Helps in developing awareness about various mathematical structures and its applications, which provide the breadth across the range of engineering topics implied by the title of the programm
5. Professional Core: These are ones that help to mould the student’s future, by developing appropriate skills. It helps in providing an academics perspective on electronics and communication addressing a wide r
like wired and wireless communication, VLSI, Embedded systems and Optics.
Note: In case all Pos are being demonstrably met through University Curriculum then2.1.2 will not be applicable and the weightage of 2.1.1 will be 20.
II Year Known gaps
III Year Known Gaps
IV Year Known Gaps
2.1.2 State the delivery details of the content beyond the syllabus for the attainment of POs and PSOs (10) 10.00
(Provide details of the additional course/ learning material/ content/ laboratory experiments/ projects etc., arising from the gaps identified in 2.1.1 in a tabular form in the format given below)
Note: Please mention in detail whether the Institution has given such inputs and suggestions to the Affiliating University regarding curricular gaps and possible addition of new content/ add-on courses in the curriculum, to bridge the gap and to better attain program outcom
2014-2015
S.No Gap Action Taken Date-Month-Year Resource Person with Designation % of students Relevance to POs, PSOs
1 DIP Applications of Image Processing 22/08/2014 Dr.K.Anitha Sheela, Assoc.Prof, JNTUH 89 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,12
2 AWP Introduction to Microwave Antennas 15/09/2014 Dr.T.D.Bhatt Assoc. Prof MGIT 92 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,9,7,10,12
3 AC Removal of Noise in Communication 19/12/2014 Mr.D.Ramakrishna, Scientist, ISRO 95 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,7,9,10,12
4 WCN Adhoc networks 21/02/2015 Dr.A.Vani, Assoc.Prof, CBIT 91 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11,12
5 PTSP Stochastic Processes 30/03/2015 Dr.K.Srihari Professor GITAM University 88 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11,12
6 ES Embedded Systems 20/01/2015 Dr.C.Sharma Scientist, NRSC 93 PSOs:1,2,3 Pos:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11,12
2013-2014
1 DSP Digital Signal Processing 18/10/2013 Dr.Y.Madhaveelatha Professor, MRECW 91 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,12
2 AC Wireless Communications 08/08/2013 Dr.M. R. K. Murthy, Prof, MRIET 92 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,12
3 RS Radar Technology 16/09/2013 Mr.D.Ramakrishna Scientist, ISRO 91 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,6,9,7,10,12
4 WCN Data Communications 22/03/14 Dr.R.Hemalatha, Assoc.Prof., OUCE 89 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,12
5 ES SOC 10/01/2014 Dr.E.Nagabhushanam Professor & Head SWEC 90 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,11, 12
6 SS Image Processing 05/02/2014 Dr.M.L.Mittal, Scientist,NRSA 93 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,12
2012-2013
1 ES Design of Fault tolerant system 30/07/2012 Mr.DRVA Sharath Kumar, Assoc. Prof, GITS 90 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,9,10,12
2 AC Modern techniques in communication 27/09/2012 Dr. B N Bhandari, Assoc.Prof, JNTUH 92 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,12
3 PEE Power electronics 16/10/2012 Mrs.N Mangala Gouri, Assoc.Prof, JNTUH 91 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,9,10,12
4 MWE Recent trends in microwave technology 30/01/2013 Dr.P.Chandra Sekhar, Assoc.Prof., OUCE 88 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,12
5 DC Noise estimation in digital circuits 28/03/2013 Dr. L. Nirmala Devi, Assistant Professor, OUCE 89 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10,12
6 EDC Semiconductor devices 27/02/2013 Mr.S.Srinivasa Rao, Professor, Aurora Institute. 94 PSOs:1,2,3 POs:1,2,3,4,9,10,12
2.2 Teaching - Learning Processes (100)
2.2.1 Describe processes followed to improve quality of Teaching & Learning (25) 25.00
(Processes may include adherence to academic calendar and improving instruction methods using pedagogical initiatives such as real world examples, collaborative learning, quality of laboratory experience with regard to conducting experiments, recording observations, a
etc. encouraging bright students, assisting weak students etc. The implementation details and impact analysis need to be documented)
Step 1: The subjects are to be divided into two categories, which are theoretical and mathematical. Then, the faculty members are requested to give their preferences (at-least 3 subjects) in each category. With that list
Director finalizes the subjects by considering the specialization of the staff, experience and other workload of staff etc. The subjects are allocated well in time so that the faculty can prepare the course plan consist
delivery methods, assessment plan, assignment frequency. And the same is monitored by the HOD before commencement of the class. Weekly progress is monitored and reported to Dean Academics.
Step 2: The time table is framed by the Department Timetable Committee consisting of 2 senior Associate Professors and it has to be approved by the HOD. The primary requirement of the timetable is to ensure t
students to complete core units in a course level, to satisfy course rules and to complete elective combinations that are specified by course regulations to fulfill the requirements of the award.
Teaching activities will be scheduled at times and in places that are consistent with:
Facilitating student attendance and maximizing student choice
The use of specialist teaching space for its designated purpose
Occupational health and safety and fire code regulations (e.g. room capacity restrictions, staff working conditions)
Utilizing teaching space and resources effectively and efficiently, consistent with allocations being equitable for staff and students and compatible with pedagogic requirements.
Activities will be scheduled in patterns that produce manageable teaching times for staff and allow staff appropriate time for other activities such as research, administration and post-graduate supervision.
Step 3: A Session plan is the instructor’s road map of what students need to learn and how it will be done effectively during the class time. Before you plan your lesson, you will first need to identify the learning obje
class meeting. Then, you can design appropriate learning activities and develop strategies to obtain feedback on student learning. A successful Session plan addresses and integrates these three key components:
Objectives for student learning
Teaching/learning activities
Strategies to check student understanding
Specifying concrete objectives for student learning will help the Teacher in determining, the kinds of teaching and learning activities he/she uses in the class, while those activities will define how to check whethe
objectives have been accomplished.
Step 4: Lecture Notes provide a record of the lecture content. It is prepared for all the Subjects by the concerned Faculty members teaching the specific subjects. It helps the students to learn and remember the id
presented. Reorganized or edited notes may form the basis for integrating all course materials and information. Notes encourage the students to take an active thinking part in the lecture and to do reference .It is also
specify the references at the end of each topic for clarity and information.
Step 5: Periodical Assignments are given by the Faculty in the respective subjects for their knowledge improvement and evaluation.
Framing of Assignments:
Consider the learning objectives.
Design assignments that are interesting and challenging.
Double-check alignment.
Provide information about the appropriate format and presentation (e.g., page length, typed, cover sheet, bibliography)
Indicate special instructions, such as a particular citation style or headings
Specify the due date and the consequences for missing it
Articulate performance criteria clearly
Indicate the assignment’s point value or percentage of the course grade
Provide the students (where appropriate) with models or samples
Step 6: The Overhead Projector, or “OHP” is one of the most frequently used (and misused) tools in education and training today. It may be facing a challenge from the data projector, but it is still more flexible and
except uninterrupted, rehearsed presentations. The OHP is usually under the control of the teacher: this means that it is by default an instrument of teacher-centered instruction. This is not necessarily a bad thing, and
develop its use as a tool of session management. Switching it on, for example, is likely to send the message, "Now get ready for some input from me", and can be used to curtail discussions which are veering off the p
Step 7: The list of Websites that have to be referred for a specific topic are specified by the Faculty for student’s reference and pursual.
Step 8: Students are given the Course Material for reference and also soft copy of the Notes is forwarded by the Faculty. The course material consists of the Lecture notes and Previous question papers. The m
uploaded in the college website so that students can download and refer whenever required.
Step 9: Content Delivery
1. LECTURES INTERSPERSED WITH DISCUSSION:
The class room lectures are interspersed with discussion. This method helps students to discuss their views and ideas with their peers and the faculty for clarifying any doubts, as well as for better understanding of
For the students to be aware of the topic for discussion in the class room, the department gives handbooks at the beginning of the semester where in the session plan of every subject is included which guides the stud
day to day classes.
Effectiveness of the method for the attainment of the PO

Examples for each topic in the real world context are delivered which helps the students to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environm
political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and sustainability.
Each lecture is followed by a group discussion which helps the students to communicate effectively. Each class improves their knowledge of contemporary issues.
POs Attained : PO3, PO4, PO5, PO6, PO7, PO10, PO11, PO12
2. ASYNCHRONOUS MODE OF INTERACTION:

In this mode of delivery there is no real-time interaction with the student.
Advantages of asynchronous interaction
Flexibility: information can be accessed at anytime from anyplace;

Time to reflect: learners can give a reply to the problems raised when they’re comfortable with the topic;
Anonymity and pseudonymity: as the face-to-face interaction is lacking, the shyer learners feel less pressure and thus their contribution to the discussion might be of a better quality;
Situated learning: the learners can apply the theories from the studied course in their own working environment;
Cost-effective: all a learner needs is a computer and a decent internet connection.
Impact of asynchronous interaction
Learner-learner: quality of interaction improves due to the learner having enough time to process the topics and respond in a meaningful way (“higher order thinking skills occurring”);
Learner-instructor: instructor can focus on the learner’s needs;
Learner-content: learner has time to digest the contents; learner is able to access online notes (written by all course participants).
Examples of asynchronous interaction

CD-ROMs, - e-mail,- bulletin boards (online forums),- newsgroups (information is received via newsfeeds),- web pages, - computer conferencing, IRC – Internet Relay Chat (chat rooms),- instant messaging,- - fax
videotape,- collaborative work spaces (information available to multiple users that can be added on or modified by the users themselves),- blogs (weblogs)
Among the above examples, we adopt CD-ROMs, e-mail, audiotape/videotape, blogs mode of asynchronous interaction. Course materials, expert lecture notes are given to students through CD-ROM. Video; aud
experts are distributed to students, through which they can listen to lectures for better understanding of complex concepts more than once. The department faculty has their blogs in which they post the co
assignments. E-mail helps both student and faculty to be in contact asynchronously for learning and instructing. These modes help even a shy student, lack of effective oral communication student to contribute their v
their assignments through sample applications designed by them and finally to clarify doubts, share and exchange their ideas with faculty. Through this mode they can be in contact with faculty even after the program
themselves in life-long learning.

Queries and clarifications through this mode helps the students to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs and apply the techniques, skills, modern tools to formulate, analyze and solve mul
problems. This mode of interaction helps the students to improve their communication and professional ethics while responding through mails.
POs Attained : PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO7, PO8, PO9,PO10
2. Synchronous interaction:
This mode of interaction is delivered by having real-time interaction with the student.
Advantages of synchronous interaction
Stimulate motivation: via real-time interaction and ability to see and hear the classmates;
Interactive participation: step by step instructions can be given and followed in real time;
Immediate feedback: from both learners and instructor, thus allowing brainstorming of ideas, case-study analysis, debates and project work;
User-friendly technological tools for effective learning: only basic skills needed;
Cost and time saving: no real venue for the class needed.
Examples of synchronous interaction

Real-time audio, - application sharing (learners can add, make changes or delete info on a shared software application),- voice and videoconferencing,- share whiteboards and live presentation tools,- live assessme
voting,- audience control tools
Impact of synchronous interaction
Learner-learner: the larger the group, the less interactivity possible;
learner-instructor: only “lower thinking skills can be achieved” ;
learner-content: learners need to contribute and participate.

Among the above mentioned examples we adopt effectively black/green/white boards which is analogous to the Lecture interspersed with discussion listed above. We use live presentation tools like OHP and LCD p
effective interaction. This mode of interaction allows the faculty to collect immediate feedback and thus allowing for clarification, analysis of students ideas. Larger the group, lesser the interaction possible. To counte
problem, we adopt tutorials apart from regular lectures, where the number of student group is limited to have one – to –one interaction.

Concepts for each topics with real time interaction through presentation modes helps the students to design a system, component, or process to desired needs within realistic constraints. Each lecture is followed b
session to collect feedback to analyze the level of attainment of PO.
PO Attained : PO2, PO3, PO5, PO6, PO7, PO10, PO11,PO12
3. Group discussion:
Group Discussion is a process where exchange of ideas and opinions are debated upon. Adopting this method helps students to know what to do/remember and what not to do/remember in GD. For example th
assertive but in a polite manner with expression in voice. Be calm but not quiet. Clarity in the thoughts. Appear pleasant with the other participating members. Be logical while answering or questioning anything. A
method helps students to face personal interviews with more ease.

Case studies can be discussed. Queries and answers through this mode help the students to analyze and interpret to meet the requirements. This mode of interaction helps the students to improve their comm
professional ethics during discussion.
PO Attained: PO5, PO6, PO7, PO11
4. Project:
Projects are often done in poster format, but faculty can also use their imagination to experiment with the form for content delivery.
Common characteristics of the projects
Hard work: Each project is the result of a lot of hard work. The authors of the projects have found information about their topic, collected or drawn pictures, written down their ideas, and then put all the parts toget
coherent presentation.
Creativity: The projects are very creative in terms of both content and language. Each project is a unique piece of communication, created by the project writers themselves.
Personal: This element of creativity makes project work a very personal experience.
Adaptable: Project work is a highly adaptable methodology. It can be used at every level from absolute beginner to advance and with all ages.

Examples for complex topic in the real world context are delivered in the form of projects which helps the students to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints.
PO Attained: PO3, PO4, PO5
Different course delivery methods / modes adopted in the department for delivery of courses for effective attainment of POs are shown below:
1) Audio Visual Aids:

They are very powerful teaching tools. AV aids should be used to enhance the lecture by offering clarification of material in the lecture, and are particularly useful for students whose preferred learning style is visual. A
for Added Value. So, AV aids help to attain POs effectively
Status of availability of Audio Visual Aids:
2) Black board Teaching

The Blackboard Learning System allows instructors to post course information and course materials, readings and assignments and provides functionality for basic discussion and other collaborative tools (from Black
in turn help to attain the defined POs
3) Regular assignments:
Assignments help the students to better understand, analyze and improve the presentation of the given topic in the concerned subjects. As per JNTU curriculum, assignments are a part of program curriculum as per R0
But right from the inception of the department, assignments are included in the program curriculum to improve the students understanding capabilities which in turn help to attain the defined POs
(Sample Assignment Evaluation Form is included in the Annexure)
4) Continuous Evaluation
Student’s academic performance is to be evaluated continuously and update to the students and parents to put them in the right direction in order to achieve their goals and defined POs of the program. In this aspec
Evaluation is powerful tool to attain and define POs
(Sample Continuous Evaluation Form is included in the Annexure)
5) Tutorials:
As per JNTU curriculum, tutorials are a part of program curriculum. The main purpose of having tutorials for most of the core engineering subjects is to apply the concepts of the concerned subjects learned in the re
and able to solve complex engineering problems related to that subject. This shows effect on Course outcomes which in turn helps to attain the defined POs.
(List of Subjects which includes Tutorial classes as per JNTU Curriculum is included in the Section 3.1)
6) Beyond the syllabus

The outcome of any program is to mould and nurture the student who can be an all rounder in all aspects be a successful engineer. This is possible if few additional instruments are added to bring the best of every stu
intellectual talents. The following is the co-curricular activities designed by the department to achieve the defined POs which in turn help to attain PEOs
a) Student Seminars
b) Guest Lectures
c) Industrial Visits
d) Adjunct courses
e) Workshops
f) Conferences
Student Seminars:
Seminars characteristically involve students and a member of the teaching staff. They provide an opportunity for active discussions on relevant topics. They make the students to develop transferable skills such as co
and team work. The topics on which the seminar is to be given will be intimated to the students well in advance and their performance will be evaluated and finally the best seminar from the class will be selected and a
of Appreciation” will be given which will be an added value to their career. The evaluation sheet for Student seminar and list of student seminar for CAY is given in Annexure (Please refer Annexure)
Guest Lectures
In order to bridge the gap between the Institute and Industry, the department organizes Guest Lectures in every subject by eminent personalities who are in and around Hyderabad.
(Please refer Annexure for complete list for the CAY, CAYm1, CAYm2)
Industrial Visits
It is important for the students to keep themselves abreast of changes taking place in the industry. To meet this end, department regularly organizes Industrial visits. Few of them are shown below and detailed list is en
Annexure.
Workshops
To make efficient engineers is our goal and academic endeavor. With conventionally syllabi having limited practical exposure, our value-added workshops offer students to enhance their skills and add to their kno
without having to seek training off-campus. Few of them are shown below and detailed list is enclosed in the Annexure.
Examinations are planned and announced before the commencement of the semester classes, evaluated answer scripts are returned within five days and week students are monitored and mentored. The same is inf
parents. By this process the course outcome attainment is monitored and intern achieves the PO.
3. Subject wise quizzes are organized and conducted among the students of the class.
4. Laboratory exams, mini projects and main projects contribute to the assessment of practical skills which reflect the ability of students to implement ideas and techniques.
5.Reports, oral presentation and viva-voce contribute to the assessment of overall communication skills and dissemination of ideas.
6. These assessments are carried out periodically and hence allow the faculty members to monitor and provide attention to the students who may not be attaining the PO’s to the required level.
7. This ensures that all students attain the minimum level of each programme outcomes.
2.2.2 Quality of internal semester Question papers, Assignments and Evaluation (20) 20.00
(Mention the initiatives, implementation details and analysis of learning levels related to quality of semester question papers, assignments and evaluation)
Quality of Internal Semester Question Papers:
The department has established DEPARTMENT EXAMINATION COMMITTEE (DEC) in order to assess the quality of the Internal Semester Question paper set by the concerned faculty in their respective
functions of the Department Examination Committee are as follows:
To review Question Papers set by subject teachers for Internal Semester Mid exams by a team of Subject Experts
To set guidelines for giving assignment to students and evaluation scheme.
To set Evaluation Scheme for Lab Internal & External Practical Exams.
Assigning Invigilation Duties to Faculty Members.
Conducting Pre Final Exams
Result Analysis
Committee Members:
Sample Mid Examination Question Paper is shown below:
The following list shows the analysis of learning levels of the students in the respective subjects.
Low Standard Level papers are not rejected.
R09 Regulation (II, III & IV Year)-Academic Year: 2012-2013
R09 Regulation (II, III & IV Year)-Academic Year: 2013-2014
R09 Regulation (III & IV Year) & R13 Regulation (II Year)-Academic Year: 2014-2015
Quality of Assignments:
As per JNTU curriculum, assignments are mandatory. Five (5) marks are allocated for Assignments (as specified by the subject teacher concerned). The first Assignment should be submitted before the conduct of
examination, and the second Assignment should be submitted before the conduct of the second mid-examination. Implementation process is given below
1. Assignments are distributed evenly throughout the semester.

2. Assignments are given in different forms to develop their interpersonal skill, Communication skill, lifelong learning, and usage of modern tools; group activity and self-learning capability.
3. Micro projects and mini projects are made compulsory as part of the course delivery by which skill development is achieved.
4. Assignments, quizzes and examinations contribute to assessing the students’ ability to use fundamental concepts, quantitative, numerical and analytical skills.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION IMPLEMENTED AS PER JNTU REGULATIONS:
The performance of a student in each semester or I year shall be evaluated subject-wise for a maximum of 100 marks for a theory and 75 marks for a practical subject. In addition, industry-oriented mini-project, semina
work shall be evaluated for 50, 50 and 200 marks, respectively.
For theory subjects the distribution shall be 25 marks for Internal Evaluation and 75 marks for the End-Examination.
For theory subjects, during a semester there shall be 2 mid-term examinations. Each mid-term examination consists of one objective paper, one essay paper and one assignment. The objective paper and the essay pape
10 marks each with a total duration of 1 hour 20 minutes (20 minutes for objective and 60 minutes for essay paper). The Objective paper is set with 20 bits of multiple choice, fill-in the blanks and matching type of q
total of 10 marks. The essay paper shall contain 4 full questions (one from each unit) out of which, the student has to answer 2 questions, each carrying 5 marks. While the first mid-term examination shall be conducte
units of the syllabus, the second mid-term examination shall be conducted on 2.5 to 5 units. Five (5) marks are allocated for Assignments (as specified by the subject teacher concerned). The first Assignment should
before the conduct of the first mid-examination, and the second Assignment should be submitted before the conduct of the second mid-examination. The total marks secured by the student in each mid-term ex
evaluated for 25 marks, and the average of the two mid-term examinations shall be taken as the final marks secured by each candidate However, in the I year, there shall be 3 mid term examinations, each for 25 marks
assignments in a similar pattern as above (1st mid shall be from Unit-I, 2nd mid shall be 2 &3 Units and 3rd mid shall be 4 & 5 Units) and the average marks of the examinations secured (each evaluated for a total of
each subject shall be considered to be final marks for the internals/sessionals. If any candidate is absent from any subject of a mid-term examination, an on-line test will be conducted for him by the University.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION FOR LAB EXAMS
A) Internal Exams
For practical subjects there shall be a continuous evaluation during a semester for 25 sessional marks and 50 end semester examination marks. Out of the 25 marks for internal evaluation, day-to-day work in the labor
evaluated for 15 marks and internal practical examination shall be evaluated for 10 marks conducted by the laboratory teacher concerned.
B) External Exams
The end semester examination shall be conducted with an external examiner and the laboratory teacher. The external examiner shall be appointed from the clusters of colleges which are decided by the examination
University. The distribution of marks for external exam is shown below:
Hardware Labs: EDC, ICA, MWE, AC, PDC, ET & E&E Labs
Software Labs: VLSI, BS, MPMC, DSP Labs
2.2.3 Quality of student projects (25) 25.00

(Quality of the project is measured in terms of consideration to factors including, but not limited to, environment, safety, ethics, cost, type(application, product, research, review etc.) and standards. Processes related to project identification, allotment, continuous monitor
including demonstration of working prototypes and enhancing the relevance of projects. Mention Implementation details including details of POs and PSOs addressed through the projects with justification)
Quality is the first concern when it comes to project (mini and main) in the Department of Electronics & Communication Engineering as project is one of the direct measures which will enable the department
knowledge and competency of the students. We encourage the students to take up the projects in the most innovative technologies which have a demand in present day market. The Department of Electronics & Co
Engineering emphasizes to the students the importance of excelling in final year projects where students apply the knowledge gained over the under graduate program and develop and complete an engineering proje
This not only provides a good insight into the knowledge gained but also develops soft skills of the students and prepares them well for job in the industry or higher studies.
Processes related to project identification, allotment, continuous monitoring, evaluation including demonstration of working prototypes and enhancing the relevance of projects
Step 1: Pre-Project Work

Conducting various workshops on the core subjects, out of academic curriculum right from the second year first semester which enables the student to have ample time and practice before the students reach
phase.
Encouraging and facilitating more in-house projects to be done by students in the campus facilities under the guidance of faculty members
Encouraging and facilitating students to do projects in Government sectors (eg BHEL, DRDL, DRDO, RCI, ECIL, NFC etc) which are mostly real time projects.
Step 2: Guidelines for doing Mini & Major Project Works
Step 3: Project Registration
Step 4: Project Execution

All the students must report to their Internal Guides regarding the progress of their Project work. The format is shown below:
Step 5: Post Project Work:

Submission of the Thesis in the prescribed format to the department.
Exhibiting and demonstrating the completed projects to the juniors for further work by next set of students to continue the research.
Encouraging and facilitating the students to publish papers in national and international conferences on the projects completed
Awarding the ‘best student project’ to one student in each branch in the subsequent Alumni Meet
Step 6: Project Assessment

First, depending on the objectives of the assignment, the internal guide assess the team’s final product (e.g., design, report, presentation), their group processes (e.g., ability to meet deadlines, contribute fairly,
effectively), or both. Second, group performance will be translated into individual grades – which raise issues of fairness and equity. In addition to evaluating the group’s output, internal guides find ways to determine
functioned and the extent to which individuals contributed to the effort.
We record student’s performance towards their project development in the following format during every review meetings. Using same criteria the individual performance of the students are assessed.
Assessment of Project work:
The evaluation of mini project and main project work shall be conducted at the end of final year. The mini project is evaluated for 50 marks. Out of a total of 200 marks for the main project work, 50 marks shall b
evaluation and 150 marks for the end semester examination. The end semester examination (viva-voce) shall be conducted by the committee. The committee consists of external examiner, head of the department, and
main project and a senior faculty member of the department. The internal evaluation shall be on the basis of three seminars given by each student on the topic of his project. The end semester examination (viva-v
conducted by the committee. The committee consists of external examiner, head of the department and supervisor of main project and project coordinator of the department. The external examiner is deputed by the Un
Scheme of Evaluation of the Major Project:
2.2.4 Initiative related to industry interaction (15) 15.00

(Give details of the industry involvement in the program such as industry-attached laboratories, partial delivery of appropriate courses by industry experts etc. Mention the initiatives, implementation details and impact analysis)
MRCET - Industry Institute Partnership Cell:

At MRCET, Industry Institute Partnership cell (IIPC) is established for enhancing the relationship between the institute and industry. This cell identifies the industrial expectation and promotes institutional preparatio
industrial needs by facilitating sponsored R&D projects, seminars, workshops and various other industrial training programmes. Organizing such IIPCs in institution makes an effective contribution to educational syste
criticizing shortcomings which are expected by the industry. Industry Institute partnership reflects in equipping faculty to latest practices and makes the students industry-ready by providing exposure to current indus
and hones their skills to adapt changing technologies. The primary focus of IIPC is to interact with elite industries in and around Hyderabad and extend the efforts in establishing partnership with industries across the co
future.
The objective of the IIP Cell is to reduce the gap between industry expectations (practice) and academic offerings (theory) by direct involvement of industry to attain a symbiosis. Indian industry at present has reac
crucial turning point where it has to face the dynamic demands of the competitive domestic and global markets through the provisions of high quality products and services. To survive and succeed in this new scena
that is most essential is the human resource. As technologies change rapidly, retraining and updating of the work force continuously are becoming major challenges facing every country today.
Malla Reddy College of Engineering & Technology (MRCET) has setup an Industry Institute Partnership Cell for the above purpose. Industries and Technical Institution have a strong mutuality of interest which form
a partnership between them. The institute has set up an industry-institute Partnership Cell with the following objectives:
Objectives
1. To arrange industrial training for students and identify student project work in Industries. To encourage Industry to collaborate in Industry Study Tour Programmes (ISTP) and placement of students in Industries.
2.To interact with R&D Organizations for conducting joint research work involving faculty/scientists and students/research scholars etc.
3.Faculty exchanges - getting professionals from industry as visiting faculty or adjunct professors for short or long periods and deputation of faculty to industry to gain industrial experience and/or work on projects in
4.Curriculum development- associating experts from industry in curriculum planning and review.
5. Personality development workshop for students relating with soft skills (communication skills / personality development).
6. Guest lectures by eminent personalities, academics, leading industrialists at regular intervals to update the students knowledge.
7. To arrange technical festivals/open houses/student design competitions.
8. Continuing education programmes: Providing infrastructure to meet the training needs of the industry, like improving communication skills, job analysis, inventory & financial controls, efficient management ski
gradation of technical knowledge on current topics.
9. To update the knowledge base (qualification) of professionals in different emerging sectors
(Biotechnology, Nanotechnology etc.)
10. To arrange short-term programmes: Duration of 5 to 7 days for the benefit of Professionals in various technical disciplines.
11. In house training programme at the request of industries at their location
12. Promotion of Income Generating activities namely: Testing, Calibration, Consultancy and R & D (for achieving self sustenance of the Cell with in 3 - 5 years) typically for:
a. Creating facilities for Design, development and improvement of existing practices/ processes/
concepts.
b. Up gradation & modernization of workshop facilities.
c. Preparation of operators manuals, Audio and visual cassettes and assistance in implementation of BIS & ISO standards through conducting various audit analysis.
d. Finding solutions of various problems faced by the industry during production and operation of the industrial units.
e. Conducting market surveys and feasibility reports through projects assigned to the students and providing them to the industry for their benefit.
13. Technology transfer in the nearby rural areas.
14. To set up Innovation Centres and Centres of Excellence.
15. Signing MOU’s with industry and Institutes. Setting up of technology parks in collaboration with alumni and industry for cost effective opportunity for R&D leading to marketable products.
16. Promotion of Homegrown technologies, which is expected to strengthen the linkages between research institutes and industry indigenously by commercialization of indigenously developed technologies.
17. Institution of Industry sponsored special chairs/staff positions with all expenses met where reputed persons can be appointed for a fixed period.
18. Services to industry- Institute can provide services to industry such as:-
a. Library and information services to the industries
b. Access to institute research information service
c. Access to laboratory facilities.
d. Access as partner industry to set up common facilities for better Industry -Institute synergy.
MRCET - IIPC ACTIVITIES

Arranging industrial training for students and faculty members.
Identifying the opportunities for student project work in Industries.
Encourages the department level tie-ups or MOUs with Industries for the mutual benefit.
Research and development activities with industry.
Promoting consultancy activities, training courses for industry people.
Enrich the teaching learning process through identified industrial training / visit.
Planning for student’s industrial visit.
Inviting industry experts for guest lectures, seminars and expertise sharing.
ADVISORY BOARD:
ACTION PLAN:
In order to achieve the stated Aim and Objectives, MRCET-IIPC will broadly be engaged in the following activities:
To identify the scientific and technical requirements of the "industry", in which R&D work can be taken up by MRCET-IIPC.
To promote synergetic partnership between Industry and MRCET for taking up joint research programmes involving the students of MRCET.
To conduct relevant R&D activities within or outside the premises of MRCET with the involvement of students and the faculty of ECE department under the supervision/guidance of experts from outside MRCET
To motivate and involve students of ECE department in the relevant R&D activities of this Cell with an aim to transform these graduating engineers into professional engineers who are usefully employable by the
To organise lectures, interactive workshops, conferences, seminars, brain storming sessions, technical discussions, consultancy Sessions, training, orientation courses, meetings, visits etc, involving members of
outside experts, eminent personalities, faculty and students of ECE department .
To generate resources- financial, material and human, both from within and outside MRCET for creating very high-quality infrastructure and research facilities within and outside the MRCET premise.
To take up sponsored projects from Industry and other funding agencies
To take up industry-based projects funded by AICTE, DST, DRDO, CSIR and other funding agencies.
To fund some projects and sub-projects to outside agencies including Academia, in order to conduct these relevant R&D activities smoothly and efficiently within or outside the premises of MRCET with the in
students and the faculty of MRCET under the supervision of outside experts.
To provide technical consultancy services to/from the industry.
To invite expert members of the Industry to ECE department to spend varying durations as Guest Faculty members/Research Supervisors/ Technical Consultants etc. with other Engineering Colleges and Techn
where such interactive research programmes are running successfully.
To share the experience, through exchange of lectures, visits and meetings etc.
To access periodically the scientific and technological scenario in India and abroad in order to translate it into action for taking up R&D work.
To help students of ECE department in getting suitable placements in industries/companies/other employing organization in the Government and Private Sectors based on the R&D work carried out by these stude
outside SKPEC and facilitated by MRCET-IIPC.
The following labs are associated with the Industries mentioned below in order to bring awareness about Industry requirements and prepare students of ECE department as Industry required graduates.
Ongoing R&D Projects:
Industry and University Collaborations:
Collaboration between university, industry and society is being increasingly emphasised:
The Centre for University Industry Collaboration (CUIC), would be established with a primary focus on the following domains namely Campus Placement for UG and P.G Degree Students, Interaction between U
Industry, and Training Programmes for students on core competency development such as employability skills, awareness on employment avenues etc.
1. Campus Placement of Students
The campus placement activities for students would be regularly (twice in a year) carried out for students belong to UG / PG programmes studying in the University Departments and affiliated colleges. The camp
offers mainly three kinds of jobs namely core, dream and IT/ITES placements etc.
2. Industrial Associate ship Scheme (IAS)

CUIC has a unique and novel scheme of Industrial Associateship Scheme (IAS) wherein, we can enroll small, medium, large scale industries, R&D and Educational institutions with the main aim to carry our industri
combined activities.
3. Industrial Training
Industrial training would be made mandatory for all Under-Graduate students as per the CBCS curriculum. This would give wide exposure about the various functions of the Industries prior to the completion of their s
with assistance and coordination of various industries and departments will arrange Internship training to students, for Industrial exposure and comparative awareness of the state-of-art of the Industrial requirements.
4. Academic Interface Program with Industries

CUIC, would collaborate with industries for improving students performance for their placement readiness programme under the academic support from HR departments of various industries. Memorandum of U
CUIC would be instrumental in forging many MoUs with various Industries and Research and Development Establishments. This MoUs will enhance the students on Internship training, Placement, Industrial readiness,
competencies, and also to improve their soft skills. Apart from this, CUIC will also initiate Action Research projects in the catchment area The centre not only concentrates on placement of students but also believe t
available in Rural, Sub-urban, and Urban Colleges and hence the centre organizes District Level Placement Programme by requesting the IT/ITES industries and other industries which will enhance and create con
students.
Core Activities
Conducting Programmes to improve presentation and communication skills, assertiveness, developing leadership attributes and enhancing the level of internal motivation of the students.
Conducting career Information fairs every year for students and parents at University level.
Conducting campus interviews by collaborating with the industries.
Conducting Orientation Programmes on Industrial Expectations for the benefit of Students.
Conducting Seminars, Symposia and Workshops on current topics of national interest to Industrial Personnel. Interacting with various Industrial Personnel and consolidating the Industrial demand / expectations f
of the students.
Career Guidance and Counseling for U.G. and P.G. Degree Students.
The CUIC will play an instrumental role in establishing Institution Industry Interaction Centres (CIII) in all affiliated Colleges.
Collaboration for:
knowledge development and growth, i.e. university participation in the knowledge and innovation system.
better education, i.e. dialogue between universities and the surrounding society on the content and scope of degree courses and external contacts by students during their education.
democratic development, i.e. the work of universities on communicating research for public education.
Collaboration benefits for the academyUniversity research and education can benefit from close collaboration with knowledge users in several ways.
External funding places demands for up-to-date and relevant research topics. Through close collaboration these research topics can be expanded.
University degree courses are exposed to competition through the increased mobility of students.
Courses involving prospective employers are attractive since they improve the opportunities to get a job after graduation.
A well developed network and effective dialogue with actors within the industry and other sectors of society contributes to the external analysis that universities must prioritise in order to keep pace with a changin
new challenges .
Collaborated Universities are as following:

Indian Institute of Hardware Technology Limited, Bangalore.
Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, USA
Rofous Software Pvt.Ltd, Hyderabad.
Data Point Info Solutions Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad.
Advanced Centre for Atmospheric Sciences, S.V.University, Tirupathi (Sponsored by ISRO, Govt. of India.)
BARC Training School, NFC, Govt.of India, Hyderabad.
National Aerospace Laboratories, Govt.of India, Bangalore.
Serveen Software Systems, Hyderabad.
University of Texas at Tyler, USA
ESOL Examinations (BEC) University of Cambridge, UK.
Recognized as a Nodal Center for Conducting Faculty Development Programs by IIT – Bombay.
TCS Academic Interface Programme Centre
IBM Centre for Excellence
List of MOUs:
1.City Of Glasgow College, UK.
2.Northern Arizona University, USA.
3. International Technological University, USA.
4.Institute of Technology Blanchardstown, Ireland.
5.Indian Institute of Hardware Technology Ltd.
6.BARC Training School, NFC.
7.Advanced Center for Atmospheric Science, SV University.
8.National Aerospace Laboratories.
9.Aeronautical Society of India.
10. Vector Institute, Hyderabad.
11. Orbit Educational Society, Hyderabad.
12. Serveen Software Systems, Hyderabad.
13. National Institute of Amateur Radio.
14. National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC), Hyderabad.
15. Robotspace Automation Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad.
Visiting Faculty from the Industry:
Speaker/Resource
S. No. Designation Organization
Person
Psychologist, Motivational
1. Dr.B.V.Pattabhiram Prashanthi Counseling Centre
Speaker
1 Prof. Sumitha Roy HOD, Motivational Trainer Osmania University
2 Mr.K.Rapture Principal Consultant Atum IT Services
3 Mr.Solomon Director RMSI Technology
Jeedimetla Effluent Treatment

4 Mr. P. B. RamaSwaroop HR Manager
Ltd
5 Mr.R.Raghu HR Manager Smart Steps
6 Swami Anupamananda- Motivational Speaker Ramakrishna Math, Hyderabad
7 Mr. G.K. Srikanth Professor ICFAI University, Hyderabad
8 Mr. P. Jawaharlal Nehru Motivational Speaker Freelancer
Motivational Speaker & HR

9 Mr. V. Ravi kumar Freelancer
Trainer
10 Ms. C. Jayalakshmi Motivational Speaker Freelancer
11 Dr. Jaganmohan Reddy Professor IPE, Hyderabad
12 Mr. Sidharth Varma Marketing Manager, ARKIN Software Solutions
13 Mr. Isssac Raj Vice chairman ICSI, Hyderabad
14 Ms. S. Kavitha Rani Secretary & Treasurer ICSI, Hyderabad
Global Hospitals (Ex-Dean,

15 Dr. KS Ratnakar Director
NIMS)
16 Mr. K. Sai Baba Motivational Speaker Freelancer
17 Mr. Syed Rafi Motivational Speaker Freelancer
18 Mr. Sriniivas Consultant NSIC, Hyderabad.
19 Mr. P. Rummy Sharma India’s Etiquette Guru Freelancer
Prof. A. Abhirama
20 Director South State Business School
Krishna
21 Prof. G. K. Srikanth Professor IBS, Hyderabad
22 Dr. Y. Ramakrishna Director RKBS, Hyderabad
General Manager L&D

23 Mr. K. Suryanarayana TCS
Corporate
Mr. PVS. Ravindra

24 CEO Formula HR Consultancy
Varma
25 Ms. B. Aparna Reddy Regional Manager HR Sify Technologies
26 Dr. K. Vishwanath Managing Partner Yagnam System,
27 Mr. Anil Kumar Consultant SEBI
28 Ms. Hema Jain President HMA
29 Mr. Venu Gopal, Soft Skills Trainer Freelancer
30 Mr. O. Karthik, PDP Expert Freelancer
31 Dr. Caroline Communication Skills Trainer Freelancer
32 Mr. Sunil HR Manager Sita Corporation, Hyderabad
33 Ms. Geeta Management Consultant Freelancer
34 Ms. Santhoshi Skills Development Trainer Freelancer
Promotion of Income Generating activities namely: Testing, Calibration, Consultancy and R & D (for achieving self sustenance of the Cell with in 3 - 5 years) typically for:
a. Creating facilities for Design, development and improvement of existing practices/ processes/
concepts.
b. Up gradation & modernization of workshop facilities.
c. Preparation of operators manuals, Audio and visual cassettes and assistance in implementation of BIS & ISO standards through conducting various audit analysis.
d. Finding solutions of various problems faced by the industry during production and operation of the industrial units.
e. Conducting market surveys and feasibility reports through projects assigned to the students
Extent to which industry is involved in conduct of institutional activities
Our college makes the industry representatives as members in the governing body and placement committee to make placement wing more strengthen.
Our college has strong bond with industry representatives to place our students in the leading corporate companies at esteemed positions.
College management has an idea that industry representatives can guide in an effective manner in placement activities.
Our college has a practice of inviting visiting faculty for training sessions regarding placement activities of the students.
Case study gives a practical picture of actual problems in the industry to the students. Our department utilizes the efforts of visiting faculty from corporate world while dealing with case study sessions as corporate people have true picture of practical problems.
Visiting faculty with their corporate experience can guide the students in a right track while identifying the root causes for the existing problems in the case study analysis.
Placement Committee of the Department
Name Designation
Department Placement
Mr.G.S. Naveen Kumar
Officer
Dr.S.Srinivasa Rao Head of Department
Mr. C.H.Kiran Training Coordinator
Mr.K.Suresh Placement Coordinator
Mr. M. Arun Kumar Placement Coordinator
Mr.K.Mallikarjuna Placement Coordinator

Lingam
Roles and Responsibilities:
The Placement Committee shall organize Campus Placement Programs for various IT and non IT companies visiting our institute during the placement season under the guidance of the TPO. Usually it starts immediately after the 3rd semester exams. It can be also organiz
Campus) in the same academic year, if other companies wish to come.
Referring to the class timetables, prepare the timetables of individual faculty and labs. Mail all the timetables of the individual faculty and labs to all the staff, giving them three days to correct any discrepancies.
Prepare the final class, individual and laboratory timetables and get them approved from the HOD and Principal.
Display the class timetables on the staff and student notice boards/website and make the soft copy available on share-on library.
With regard to the individual faculty and lab timetables, submit one signed copy each to the HOD, Principal and the concerned faculty member/ lab in charge. The original set shall be retained with the Timetable Committee.
A copy of academic calendar and all time tables are to be mailed to the Director.
Make the class timetables available in the Documentation Room for students’ reference.
To gather the following information from Committee Conveners, HODs and the Principal in order to prepare Academic Calendar:
Term start and end dates.

Public holidays.
Dates for Mid 1 and Mid2
Dates for annual functions and festivals
Days for activities like Fresher’s day, Traditional day, Rose day, Teachers day, Engineers day, BE farewell, National Science Day etc
Industrial Visits.
QIPs (short term courses, conferences, seminars, symposia and so on).
Term work submission dates.
To display the academic calendar for the information of students and staff. Also, a soft copy shall be made available on share on library and hard copy shall be kept in the Documentation Room.
To prepare documents and annexure related to LMC report, Mandatory disclosure etc. as per requirement of the University of Mumbai and AICTE under the guidance of the Principal. Any other duties the Director / Principal may assign.
Parental/ Guardian sponsorship expectation for the institute activities.
As our college is initiating internship projects, many companies are sponsoring the research work done by our students.
This internship projects yield valuable results, so that every time our college finds more and more number of sponsorships by many corporate giants.
It is prestigious issue for the college that every time sponsorships are on the rise regarding research activities.
As college is located in metropolitan city, many parents are working in different companies. These parents are ready to refer sponsorships from different companies.
Students’parents are so happy to see their children as all-round developed citizens in this institution.
Most of the parents opined that this institution has met their expectations interms of education, placements, career development and all-round progress of their children in this college.
As college is located in metropolitan city, many guardians are working in different companies. These parents are ready to refer sponsorships from different companies.
Most of the guardians opined that this institution has met their expectations interms of education, placements, career development and all round progress of their children in this college.
Students guardians are so happy to see their children as all round developed citizens in this institution
To generate resources- financial, material and human, both from within and outside MRCET for creating very high-quality infrastructure and research facilities within and outside the MRCET premise.
To take up sponsored projects from Industry and other funding agencies
To take up industry-based projects funded by AICTE, DST, DRDO, CSIR and other funding agencies.
To fund some projects and sub-projects to outside agencies including Academia, in order to conduct these relevant R&D activities smoothly and efficiently within or outside the premises of MRCET with the involvement of students and the faculty of MRCET unde
supervision of outside experts.
2.2.5 Initiative related to industry internship/summer training (15) 15.00

(Mention the initiatives, implementation details and impact analysis)
Initiatives related to Industry Oriented Mini Projects

As per JNTU curriculum, there shall be an industry-oriented Mini-Project, in collaboration with an industry of their specialization, to be taken up during the vacation after III year II Semester examination. However, the
and its report shall be evaluated along with the project work in IV year II Semester. The industry oriented mini-project shall be submitted in a report form and presented before the committee. It shall be evaluated for 5
committee consists of an external examiner, head of the department, the supervisor of the mini-project and a senior faculty member of the department. There shall be no internal marks for industry-oriented mini-project.
GUIDELINES FOR INDUSTRY ORIENTED MINI PROJECTS
Following are some of the instructions :*** #

1. The Mini-project work is expected to commence from 22nd June,2015 (college hours)
2. The Project has to be done in the college only. Recognized companies/organization will be appointed by the Principal to handle the project related guidance and share their expertise. Please note that stu
encouraged to do the project elsewhere.
3. The duration may last from a week to ten days.
4. Students will be given an option to choose one of the following domains:
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS/VLSI/WIRELESS COMMUNICATION

5. The project has to be done in teams of three formed by the students itself.
Guidelines for forming teams:

1. Each team should consist of 3 members (not more, not less).
2. The team members should belong to the same class/section. Shuffling is not encouraged / entertained.
3. In some exceptional cases where there are 67 members in a class or so, 1 member is expected to be in excess. In such cases only one team will have 4 members (within the section).
4. Teams shall be formed only after seeking the consent of each interested member. Nothing shall be done by force or pressure.
5. Teams once formed cannot be changed. The same teams will continue for the major project also.
***THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES AND ANY CHANGE SHALL BE DULY NOTIFIED.
# FURTHER INFORMATION SHALL BE FORWARDED BY HOD, PRINCIPAL AND PROJECT IN-CHARGES AS AND WHEN REQUIRED.
Implementation details of Industry Oriented Mini Projects:
The students are permitted to undergo Industrial Training after III B.Tech II Semester for a duration of one month in the companies in and around the companies situated in Hyderabad.
Some of the companies/Institutes where the students are permitted to undergo Industrial Training are:
1)DRDO, DRDL, RCI, BHEL, BSNL, ECIL, NFC and any other government sectors
2)Pantech Solutions Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad
3)Unistring Tech Solutions, Hyderabad
4)Shastra Micro Systems, Hyderabad

5)Astra Microwave Products Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad
LIST OF INDUSTRY ORIENTED MINI PROJECTS – ACADEMIC YEAR: 2014-15
ECE A
ECE B
SUMMER TRAINING PROGRAM
3 COURSE OUTCOMES AND PROGRAM OUTCOMES (120)
Define the Program specific outcomes
To develop a student community who acquire knowledge by ethical learning and fulfill the societal and industry needs in various technologies of
PSO1
core field.
To nurture the students in designing, analyzing and interpreting required in research and development with exposure in multi disciplinary
PSO2
technologies in order to mould them as successful industry ready engineers/entrepreneurs
PSO3 To empower students with all round capabilities who will be useful in making nation strong in technology, education and research domains.
3.1 Establish the correlation between the courses and the Program Outcomes (POs) and Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs) (20)
Program Outcomes as mentioned in Annexure I and Program Specific Outcomes as defined by the Program
3.1.1 Course Outcomes(COs)(SAR should include course outcomes of one course from each semester of study, however, should be prepared for all courses and made available as evidence, if asked) (5) 5.00
Note : Number of Outcomes for a Course is expected to be around 6.
Course Name : C2 04 Course Year : 2014-2015
Items 2014-2015
Be able to analyze the linear modeling of passive elements and
sources and use analytical techniques in resistive, inductive and
C2 04.1
capacitive circuits energized by direct current voltage and current
sources.
Be able to apply the Thevenins, Norton, nodal and mesh analysis
C2 04.2
to express complex circuits in their simpler equivalent forms
Systematically obtain the equations that characterize the
C2 04.3 performance of an electric circuit as well as solving both single
phase and three-phase circuits in sinusoidal steady state.
Have an understanding about the AC fundamentals and basic
C2 04.4
knowledge about the Electric and Magnetic circuits.
Be able to use the concept of network topology and the concept
C2 04.5
of resonance to real-world problems and applications.
Items 2014-2015
Be able to acquire understanding and ability to analyze static
C2 13.1 electric and magnetic fields, time-varying electric and magnetic
fields, wave propagation in different types of media
Have knowledge of, physical interpretation and ability to apply
C2 13.2 Maxwell’s equations to determine field waves, potential waves,
energy and charge conservation conditions.
Understand how EM waves will propagate in free space and their
C2 13.3
characteristics at the boundary between media.
Be able to analyze electromagnetic wave propagation and
C2 13.4 attenuation in various medium and propagation through boundaries
between media
Have acquired techniques for the measurement of basic
C2 13.5 transmission line parameters, such as the reflection coefficient,
standing wave ratio, and impedance.
Items 2014-2015
Have a thorough understanding of operational amplifiers with linear
C3 06.1
integrated circuits.
C3 06.2 Have a thorough understanding of the different families of Digital
integrated circuits and their characteristics
Be able to design circuits using operational amplifiers for various
C3 06.3
applications.
Also be able to design circuits using the Digital Integrated Circuit
C3 06.4
ICs for various applications.
Be able to design circuits using IC555 timer and IC565 PLL for
C3 06.5
various applications.
Items 2014-2015
Perform time, frequency and Z-Transform analysis on signals and
C3 13.1 LTI systems and study the properties like stability, causality, time-
invariance and etc.
Analyze and implement digital systems using the Discrete Fourier
Transform and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) techniques and use
C3 13.2
Z transforms to analyze a digital system finding the region of
convergence.
Design and understand simple finite impulse response filters and
C3 13.3
infinite impulse response filters.
Relate the course of study to the fields such as speech processing,
audio signal processing, and digital image processing, video and
C3 13.4
audio compression and use MATLAB as a tool for DSP system
analysis and design.
Understand the tradeoff between normal and multi rate DSP
C3 13.5
techniques and finite word length effects.
Items 2014-2015
Acquire qualitative knowledge about the fabrication process of
C4 02.1
integrated circuit using MOS transistors.
Choose an appropriate inverter depending on specifications
C4 02.2 required for a circuit. Draw the layout of any logic circuit which
helps to understand and estimate parasitic of any logic circuit.
Design different types of logic gates using CMOS inverter and
C4 02.3 analyze their transfer characteristics provide design concepts
required to design building blocks of data path using gates.
Design simple memories using MOS transistors and can
C4 02.4
understand Design of large memories.
C4 02.5 Design simple logic circuit using PLA, PAL, FPGA and CPLD.
C4 02.6 Understand different types of faults that can occur in a system and
learn the concept of testing and adding extra hardware to improve
testability of system
Items 2014-2015
Have a fundamental understanding of the Wireless communication,
C4 11.1
networks & layered architecture.
Understand the processes happening in a radio environment and
C4 11.2
how it is manipulated to better communication technology.
Distinguish different multiple access techniques and its evolution to
C4 11.3
Hybrid Schemes.
C4 11.4 Understand the basic principles of GSM & CDMA technology.
C4 11.5 Have a good knowledge about the different LAN networks.
Be familiar with some of the existing and emerging wireless
C4 11.6
standards and present them.
3.1.2 CO-POmatrices of courses selected in 3.1.1(Six matrices to be mentioned; one per semester from 3rd to 8th semester) (5) 5.00
Note : Enter correlation level s1, 2 or 3 as defined below :
1 : Slight(Low) 2 : Moderate(Medium) 3 : Substantial(High) If there is no correlation, put -
1 . course name : C204
Course PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
C204.1 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
C204.2 3 3 2 2 - 2 - - - - - -
C204.3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2
C204.4 3 3 - - - - - - - - - 2
C204.5 3 3 2 2 - 2 - - - - - 2
Average 3 3 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
C213.1 - - - - - - - - - - - -
C213.2 3 3 - - - - - - - - - 2
C213.3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2
C213.4 2 2 2 3 - 2 - - - - - 2
C213.5 2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 2
Average 2 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2
C306.1 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2
C306.2 - - - - - - - - - - - 2
C306.3 2 2 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - - -
C306.4 2 2 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - - 3
C306.5 2 2 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - - -
Average 1 1 2 2 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
C313.1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2
C313.2 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 2 2
C313.3 2 2 3 2 3 2 - - 2 - - -
C313.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - 3 3
C313.5 2 2 - 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3
Average 3 3 2 3 2 2 0 0 2 0 2 2
C402.1 - - - - - - - - 2 - - 3
C402.2 - - 3 3 2 - - - - - - 3
C402.3 - - 3 3 3 - - - - - - -
C402.4 - - 3 3 2 - - - 2 - - -
C402.5 - - 3 3 2 - - - 2 - - -
C402.6 - - 3 3 2 - - - 2 - - 3
Average 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 2
C411.1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - -
C411.2 2 2 - - - 2 - - - - - 3
C411.3 - - 2 1 - 2 - - - - - 3
C411.4 - - - - - 2 - - 2 - - -
C411.5 - - 2 - - 2 - - - - - 3
C411.6 2 2 2 3 - - - - 3 3 - 3
Average 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 2
1 . Course Name : C204
Course PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

C204.1 2 2 -
C204.2 2 3 -
C204.3 2 2 -
C204.4 2 2 -
C204.5 3 3 3
Average 2 2 0

C213.1 2 2 -
C213.2 2 2 2
C213.3 2 2 2
C213.4 3 2 2
C213.5 3 2 2
Average 2 2 1

C306.1 2 - 2
C306.2 2 - 2
C306.3 2 3 2
C306.4 3 3 2
C306.5 2 3 2
Average 2 1 2
C313.1 2 3 2
C313.2 3 3 3
C313.3 2 3 2
C313.4 3 3 3
C313.5 3 3 3
Average 2 3 2

C402.1 2 2 2
C402.2 2 3 2
C402.3 2 3 -
C402.4 2 3 2
C402.5 2 3 2
C402.6 2 3 2
Average 2 2 1

C411.1 2 - 2
C411.2 2 - 2
C411.3 2 - 2
C411.4 2 2 2
C411.5 2 2 2
C411.6 2 3 3
Average 2 1 2
3.1.3 - A Program level Course-PO matrix of all courses INCLUDING first year courses (10) 10.00
Before proceeding please click on Edit to fetch the data. Note : Enter correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below :
1 : Slight(Low) 2 : Moderate(Medium) 3 : Substantial(High) If there is no correlation, put -
Edit
C101 - 1 1 - - - - 2 1 3 1 3
C102 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - -
C103 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 1 - 3
C104 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 2
C105 3 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 3 - 3
C106 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - 2 - 3
C107 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1
C108 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - 2 - 3
C109 3 2 2 1 - 1 - - 2 1 - -
C110 - 1 - - 3 - - - 3 3 3 3
C111 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 - 3
C201 3 3 2 1 - 2 - - - - - 3
C202 3 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - -
C203 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3
C204 3 3 1 1 - 1 - - - - - 1
C205 3 3 3 3 - 1 - - - - - 1
C206 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 - 3
C207 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - - 1
C208 3 3 2 - 3 - - - 3 - - -
C209 3 3 - 2 - 2 3 - - - - 3
C210 3 3 - 3 3 - - - - - 2 2
C211 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2
C212 - - 2 2 - 3 3 2 3 2 - 3
C213 3 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 2
C214 2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3
C215 3 3 3 3 - 1 1 1 3 3 2 2
C216 - 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 - 2 3
C301 3 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 -
C302 - 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - -
C303 2 1 2 2 - 3 2 1 - - 1 2
C304 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 1 3 - 3 3
C305 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - 2 3
C306 2 1 2 2 2 1 - - 1 - - 1
C307 2 2 - 3 3 - - - - - 3 2
C308 2 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 2 1
C309 - - - 2 - - 2 2 3 3 3 3
C310 3 2 3 3 3 3 - 2 3 2 2 3
C311 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 - 2 2
C312 - 1 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - - -
C313 3 3 2 3 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2
C314 - - 3 3 3 - 2 - 3 2 2 2
C315 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 2 3
C316 - - - - - - - - - 3 - 3
C401 3 3 - 2 - 2 - 3 3 2 3 3
C402 2 - 2 2 2 - - - 1 - - 2
C403 2 2 3 2 - 1 1 - 2 - 1 2
C404 1 1 1 1 - - - - 2 - - 3
C405 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - 3 3
C406 - - 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3
C407 3 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 2 3
C408 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 3 2 3
C409 - 3 3 3 - 2 - - 3 - - 3
C410 1 1 - 2 - 2 - - 2 - - 3
C411 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 2
C412 2 2 3 3 3 2 - - 2 2 - 2
C413 2 - - - - 3 2 3 2 3 2 2
C414 2 3 2 3 2 2 - 2 2 3 2 2
C415 3 2 - - - 3 - 3 3 3 2 3
3.1.3 - B Program level Course-PSO matrix of all courses INCLUDING first year courses
Edit
Course PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 Action
C101 2 3 3 Delete
C102 1 3 1 Delete
C103 2 2 1 Delete
C104 2 3 1 Delete
C105 3 3 2 Delete
C106 2 3 2 Delete
C107 2 3 1 Delete
C108 2 3 2 Delete
C109 1 2 1 Delete
C110 2 3 2 Delete
C111 2 3 2 Delete
C201 3 3 2 Delete
C202 3 3 1 Delete
C203 2 3 2 Delete
C204 2 2 - Delete
C205 2 3 1 Delete
C206 2 3 2 Delete
C207 2 3 2 Delete
C208 2 3 2 Delete
C209 3 2 2 Delete
C210 2 3 2 Delete
C211 2 3 2 Delete
C212 3 2 3 Delete
C213 2 2 1 Delete
C214 2 3 2 Delete
C215 2 3 2 Delete
C216 2 3 3 Delete
C301 2 3 2 Delete
C302 - 3 - Delete
C303 2 2 2 Delete
C304 3 3 3 Delete
C305 2 3 2 Delete
C306 2 1 2 Delete
C307 2 3 2 Delete
C308 2 3 2 Delete
C309 2 3 3 Delete
C310 3 2 2 Delete
C311 2 3 2 Delete
C312 1 2 2 Delete
C313 2 3 2 Delete
C314 1 3 2 Delete
C315 2 3 3 Delete
C316 2 - 2 Delete
C401 3 3 3 Delete
C402 2 3 2 Delete
C403 2 2 1 Delete
C404 2 3 2 Delete
C405 2 3 2 Delete
C406 1 2 1 Delete
C407 2 3 2 Delete
C408 2 3 3 Delete
C409 2 3 3 Delete
C410 1 2 1 Delete
C411 2 1 2 Delete
C412 1 2 1 Delete
C413 2 2 3 Delete
C414 2 3 3 Delete
C415 2 2 3 Delete
3.2 Attainment of Course Outcomes (50)
3.2.1 Describe the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of Course Outcome is based (10) 10.00
(Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, specific exam/ tutorial questions, assignments, laboratory tests, project evaluation, student portfolios(A portfolio is a collection of artifacts that demonstrate skills, personal characteristics and acco
created by the student during study period), internally developed assessment exams, project presentations, oral exams etc.)
Data sources that are useful to consider in evaluating course outcomes are:
1. Final Exams, where the questions ranging from basics to challenging problems are used to assess the fundamental concepts, numerical and analytical skills
2. Subjective tests, where the questions ranging from basic to challenging problems are used to assess the fundamental concepts, numerical and analytical skills.
3. Objective tests, where the questions ranging from basic to challenging problems are used to assess the fundamental concepts, numerical and analytical skills.
4. Assignments on specific topics which involve application of concepts to solve a wide range of problems are given frequently to the students.
5. Mini projects/practical assignments/ power point presentations are used to evaluate the students’ ability to use various tools, equipment, components and software.
6. Participation and involvement in different clubs/societies such as IEEE Student Branch, IETE Student Chapter, technical fest and cultural fest to evaluate the curricular, co-curricular and extra-curricular activities and the abilities to work as a team in a professional e
7. Assessment of project work to ensure proficiency in the student’s chosen field of interest and the tools necessary to practice that field.
8. Student Portfolios which reveals the demonstrate skills, personal characteristics and accomplishments created by the students, if any.
3.2.2 Record the attainment of Course Outcome of all courses with respect to set attainment levels (40) 40.00
Program shall have set Course Outcome attainment levels for all courses.
(The attainment levels shall be set considering average performance levels in th euniversity examination or any higher value set as target for the assessment years. Attainment level is to be measured in terms of student performance in internal assessments with respect to the
Outcomes of a course in addition to the performance in the University examination)
The procedure for recording the attainment of Course Outcomes (COs) of all courses with respect to target attainment levels are explained as shown below:
Step-1: Assessment – CO matrix (Table: 1)
Assessment types used for obtaining Assessment-CO Matrix are:
1. Final Exam
2. Subjective Test
3. Objective Test
4. Assignments
5. Project
6. Practical Exam
Based on Course Outcomes defined for each course, the Assessment-CO Matrix is obtained by reflecting percentage of COs contributed in each assessment type.
Finally the average percentage of each CO is calculated which will be considered as the target value to assess whether a particular CO is attained or not for a particular course.
For example, the Assessment-CO matrix table for the course Signals & Systems is shown below:
Table 1: Assessment-CO Matrix
Step-2: Overall Percentage Distribution (Table: 2)
As per the JNTUH, Hyderabad (Affiliated University), the Overall Percentage Distribution is shown below which is useful in calculation of attainment of COs
Table 2: Overall Percentage Distribution
Step-3: Student Marks according to each assessment group (Table: 3)
Student Marks are to be recorded as per the assessment type mentioned in Table 1. For the Course taken into consideration, Project and Practical Exam assessments are not applicable.
The marks are to be recorded for all the students who cleared the exam. In the table shown below, a sample of 15 student’s marks is shown.
Table 3: Students marks according to assessment type applicable
Step-4: Defining Normalized Equation to obtain Course Outcome Attainment (Table 4)
CO1= (0.2*FE*0.75)+(0.25*Sub*0.1)+(0.2*Obj*0.1)+(0.15*A*0.05)
CO2=(0.15*FE*0.75)+(0.25*Sub*0.1)+(0.25*Obj*0.1)+(0.2*A*0.05)
CO3= (0.15*FE*0.75)+(0.3*Sub*0.1)+(0.25*Obj*0.1)+(0.3*A*0.05)
CO4= (0.3*FE*0.75)+(0.2*Sub*0.1)+(0.25*Obj*0.1)+(0.25*A*0.05)
CO5= (0.05*Obj*0.1)+(0.1*A*0.05)
FE –Students Final Exam Marks
Sub- Students Subjective Test Marks
Obj - Students Objective Test Marks
A-Students Assignment Marks
Step-5: Course outcome Attainment according to CO% of Assessment methods (Table: 4)
Using the formula defined in Step-4, Course Outcome Attainment is calculated for all the students who cleared the exam and a sample for 15 students is shown below.
Table 4: Course Outcome Attainment
Step-6: Calculation of CO% Attainment (Table 5)
The procedure to calculate the CO% Attainment is given below:
For first student
CO1=(8/20)*100;
CO2=(6.2/22)*100;
CO3=(13.9/25)*100;
CO4=(11.9/25)*100;
CO5=(0.4/8)*100;
The same procedure is used for all the students who cleared the course and a sample of 15 student’s calculation is shown below
Table 5: CO% Attainment
Step-7: Assessment of CO Attainment (Table: 6)
Finally, the assessment of CO attainment is done by comparing the obtained value with the Target CO% Value to be attained and recorded as YES/NO against each CO for the course considered which is shown below:
Table 6: Assessment of CO Attainment
The attainment of Course Outcomes of all courses with respect to set attainment levels for the academic year 2014-2015, 3rd to 8th semester have been recorded as follows:
Similarly the attainment of Course Outcomes have been recorded for the academic year 2013-2014 and 2012-2013.
Actions taken for COs not attained.
Assignements given in the concerned area with more porblems for practice
Tutorial & Remedial classes conducted in that particular subject
Guest lectures were organized
3.3 Attainment of Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes (50)
3.3.1 Describe the assessment tools and processes used for measuring the attainment of each of the Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes (10) 10.00
(Describe the assessment tools and processes used together the data upon which the evaluation of each of the Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes is based indicating the frequency with which these processes are carried out. Describe the assessment pro
demonstrate the degree to which the Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes are attained and document the attainment levels)
Assessment tools & processes used for measuring the attainment of each of Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes
The following methods of assessment are identified for assessing the Program Outcomes & Program specific outcomes.
1. Direct method
a. Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) tests

b. Semester End examinations
c. Practical tests
d. Project
e. Seminar Presentations
2. Indirect method
a. Employer Survey(Industry Survey)

b. Alumni Survey
c. Parents Survey
d. Student feedback survey
Information on Data Collection Process
The following types of information are collected: Question papers of CIE tests, Question papers of Semester end exam, Question papers of practical tests/ quizzes, Course exit survey, Student exit survey, Employer survey, Placement records, Alumni Survey.
The frequency of assessment processes are carried out as shown below.
1. Tutorials are assessed weekly

2. Minimum of two assignments are evaluated in every course (theory).
3. One micro-project, mini-project and main projects are associated with each program.
4. Project works progress is monitored by the guide; in addition to that frequent evaluation is carried out with proper assessment tools.
5. Oral presentation is conducted thrice in the presence of a subject expert panel project panel, weekly bi-weekly meetings and discussion with the concerned project supervisor is documented with proper well defined formats.
6. Every club/society organizes certain activity in every semester and annual technical and cultural fests are organized and students are encouraged to participate actively in different roles.
Attainment of Program Outcomes & Program Specific Outcomes
Since each course is defined to address specific program outcomes, course assessment is used to map attainment of course outcomes to assess whether 12 program outcomes are attained.
Table: 1 Assessment Tools Used for recording PO & PSO attainment
The procedure for attainment of program outcomes and program specific outcomes is as follows:
For example here we have considered only 6 subjects each per semester
For the attainment calculation we have considered the information obtained from the section 3.2.2 i.e., the COs attained (the COs highlighted in as shown in Table: 2 & 3) and the CO-PO & CO-PSO matrices.
Average is calculated as follows:
Average= (Sum of the values of Cos attained)/ (Sum of values of all Cos)
For example:
For C204
Average= (CO1+CO3+CO4)/ (CO1+CO2+CO3+CO4+CO5)
Percentage= Average*100
Grades:
70 and above – Grade 3
60-69 – Grade 2
Below 60 – Grade 1
The same attainment process is tabulated as follows and has been used to fill the data in Section 3.3.2
Table 2: Attainment of PO1
Table 3: Attainment of PSO1
The same procedure is followed for the remaining POs & PSOs
3.3.2 Provide results of evaluation of PO&PSO (40) 40.00

Program shall set Program Outcome attainment levels for all POs & PSOs.
(The attainment levels by direct(student performance) and indirect(surveys) are to be presented through Program level Course – PO & PSO matrix as indicated).
PO Attainment
Course PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11
C101 - 3 3 - - - - 1 3 1 -
C102 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - -
C103 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 -
C104 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3
C105 3 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 3 -
C106 3 3 1 2 3 - - - - 1 -
C107 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - -
C108 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - 3 -
C109 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - - 3 -
C110 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 3 3
C111 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 -
C201 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - -
C202 3 2 2 2 - 3 - - - - -
C203 1 1 1 1 - 2 - - - - -
C204 2 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - -
C205 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - -
C206 3 3 1 1 3 2 - - - 3 -
C207 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - -
C208 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 - -
C209 3 3 - 1 - 3 2 - - - -
C210 2 2 - 2 2 - - - - - 1
C211 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 1
C212 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - -
C213 3 3 - 3 3 - - - - - -
C214 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - - -
C215 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
C216 - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3
C301 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3
C302 - 1 1 1 3 - - - - - -
C303 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3 - - -
C304 3 3 3 - 2 3 3 3 1 - 3
C305 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3
C306 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - 3
C307 2 2 - 2 2 - - - - - 2
C308 3 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3
C309 - - - 3 - - 1 1 1 1 1
C310 1 1 2 2 3 3 - 2 2 3 3
C311 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 - 3
C312 - 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - -
C313 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1
C314 - - 3 3 3 - 3 - 3 3 3
C315 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
C316 - - - - - - - - - 3 -
C401 1 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 1
C402 3 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 - -
C403 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 - 3 - 3
C404 3 3 3 2 - 2 3 - 1 - -
C405 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 - 3
C406 - - - 3 1 1 - - - - -
C407 1 - 1 1 1 - - - 1 - 1
C408 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 3 3
C409 - 3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - -
C410 3 3 - 3 - 3 - - 3 - -
C411 3 - 3 3 - 3 - - 3 3 -
C412 - - 1 1 1 3 - - - 3 -
C413 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3
C414 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3
C415 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 3 3 3
CO Attainment Level
PSO Attainment

C101 1 1 1
C102 3 3 3
C103 1 3 3
C104 3 3 3
C105 3 3 3
C106 3 3 3
C107 3 3 3
C108 2 2 3
C109 3 3 3
C110 3 3 3
C111 3 3 3
C201 1 1 3
C202 2 2 3
C203 1 3 2
C204 3 1 3
C205 3 3 3
C206 3 3 2
C207 3 3 3
C208 2 2 2
C209 3 3 3
C210 2 2 2
C211 3 2 1
C212 2 1 1
C213 3 3 3
C214 1 1 1
C215 3 2 3
C216 3 3 3
C301 3 3 3
C302 - 1 -
C303 1 3 1
C304 3 3 3
C305 3 3 3
C306 3 3 3
C307 2 2 2
C308 3 3 3
C309 1 1 1
C310 3 2 2
C311 3 3 3
C312 3 3 3
C313 3 3 3
C314 3 3 3
C315 3 3 3
C316 3 - 3
C401 1 1 1
C402 3 3 3
C403 3 3 3
C404 3 3 3
C405 3 2 3
C406 1 1 1
C407 2 2 3
C408 3 3 3
C409 3 3 3
C410 3 3 3
C411 3 3 3
C412 3 3 3
C413 3 3 3
C414 3 3 3
C415 3 3 3
CO Attainment Level
4 STUDENTS’ PERFORMANCE (150)
Table 4.1
Item (Information to be provided cumulatively for all the shifts with explicit headings, wherever applicable) 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013 2011-2012 2010-2011
Sanctioned intake of the program(N) 240 240 180 120 120
Total number of students admitted in first year minus number of students migrated to other programs/ institutions plus No. of students migrated to this program (N1) 240 237 180 120 120
Number of students admitted in 2nd year in the same batch via lateral entry (N2) 48 18 29 24 7
Separate division students, If applicable (N3) 0 0 0 0 0
Total number of students admitted in the programme(N1 + N2 + N3) 288 255 209 144 127
Table 4.2
Number of students who have successfully graduated without backlogs in any semester/ year of study (Without Backlog means no compartment or failures in an
Total No of students admitted in the program (N1 + N2 + year of study)
Year of entry
N3)
I year II year III year IV year
2014-2015 288 144 0 0 0
2013-2014 255 139 145 0 0
2012-2013 209 98 119 111 0
2011-2012 (LYG) 144 78 95 93 90
2010-2011 (LYGm1) 127 75 77 72 71
2009-2010 (LYGm2) 122 70 68 63 61
Table 4.3
Number of students who have successfully graduated

Year of entry Total No of students admitted in the program (N1 + N2 + N3)
I year II year III year
2014-2015 288 235 0 0 0
2013-2014 255 226 241 0 0
2012-2013 209 179 204 203 0
2011-2012 (LYG) 144 119 141 140 140
2010-2011 (LYGm1) 127 119 123 123 123
2009-2010 (LYGm2) 122 118 116 113 110
4.1 Enrolment Ratio (20)
20.00
N (From Table 4.1) N1 (From Table 4.1) Enrollment Ratio [(N1/N)*100]

2014-2015 240 240 100.00
2013-2014 240 220 91.67
2012-2013 180 180 100.00
Average [ (ER1 + ER2 + ER3) / 3 ] : 97.22
Assessment : 20.00
4.2 Success Rate in the stipulated period of the program (40)
4.2.1 Success rate without backlogs in any semester / year of study (25) 14.00
SI = (Number of students who have graduated from the program without backlog) / (Number of students admitted in the first year of that batch and admitted in 2nd year via lateral entry and separate division, if applicable)
Average SI = Mean of Success Index(SI) for past three batches
Success rate without backlogs in any year of study = 25 × AverageSI
Latest Year of Graduation, LYG (2011- Latest Year of Graduation minus 1, LYGm1 Latest Year of Graduation minus 2 L
Item
2012) (2010-2011) 2010)
X
Number of students admitted in the corresponding First year + admitted in 2nd year via lateral entry and seperated 144.00 127.00 122.00
division, if applicable
Y
90.00 71.00 61.00
Number of students who have graduated without backlogs in the stipulated period
Success Index [ SI = Y / X ] 0.62 0.56 0.50
Average SI [ (SI1 + SI2 + SI3) / 3 ] : 0.56
Assessment [25 * Average SI] : 14.00
4.2.2 Sucess rate in stipulated period (15) 14.20

SI = (Number of students who graduated from the program in the stipulated period of course duration) / (Number of students admitted in the first year of that batch and admitted in 2nd year via lateral entry and separated division, if applicable)
Average SI = mean of Success Index(SI) for past three batches
Success rate = 15 × AverageSI
Latest Year of Graduation, LYG (2011- Latest Year of Graduation minus 1, LYGm1 Latest Year of Graduation minus 2 L
Item
2012) (2010-2011) 2010)
X
Number of students admitted in the corresponding First year + admitted in 2nd year via lateral entry and seperated 144.00 127.00 122.00
division, if applicable
Y
140.00 123.00 110.00
Number of students who have graduated in the stipulated period
Success Index [ SI = Y / X ] 0.97 0.97 0.90
Average SI[ ( SI1 + SI2 + SI3) / 3 ]: 0.95
Assessment [15 * Average SI] : 14.20
4.3 Academic Performance in Third Year (15)
10.09
Academic Performance = 1.5 * Average API(Academic Performance Index)
API = ((Mean of 3rd Year Grade Point Average of all successful Students on a 10 point scale) or (Mean of the percentage of marks of all successful students in Third Year / 10)) x (number of successful students / number of students appeared in the examination)
Successful students are those who are permitted to proceed to the final year.
Academic Performance 2012-2013 2011-2012

Mean of CGPA or mean percentage of all successful students(X) 6.88 6.75 6.63
Total number of successful students(Y) 203.00 140.00 123.00
Totalnumber of students appeared in the examination(Z) 204.00 141.00 123.00
API [ X*(Y/Z) ]: 6.85 6.70 6.63
Average API [ (AP1 + AP2 + AP3)/3 ] : 6.73
Assessment [1.5 * AverageAPI] : 10.09
4.4 Academic Performance in Second Year (15)
10.12
Academic Performance Level = 1.5 * AverageAPI(Academic Performance Index)
API = ((Mean of 2nd Year Grade Point Average of all successful Students on a 10 point scale) or (Mean of the percentage of marks of all successful students in Second Year / 10)) x (number of successful students / number of students appeared in the examination)
Successful students are those who are permitted to proceed to the Third year.
Academic Performance 2013-2014 2012-2013

Total number of successful students (Y) 241.00 204.00 141.00
Total number of students appeared in the examination (Z) 244.00 208.00 143.00
API [ X * (Y/Z) ] 6.87 6.72 6.66
Average API [ (AP1 + AP2 + AP3)/3 ] : 6.75
Assessment [ 1.5 * AverageAPI ] : 10.12
4.5 Placement, Higher Studies and Entrepreneurship (40)
37.20
Item 2012-2013 2011-2012
Total No of Final Year Students(N) 203.00 140.00
No of students placed in the companies or goverment sector(X) 97.00 65.00
No of students admitted to higher studies with valid qualifying scores(GATE or equivalent State or National Level tests, GRE, GMAT etc.) (Y) 89.00 60.00
No of students turned enterpreneur in engineering/technology (Z) 4.00 3.00
Average Placement [ (P1 + P2 + P3)/3 ] : 0.93
Assessment [ 40 * Average Placement] : 37.20
4.6 Professional Activities (20)
4.6.1 Professional socities/ chapters and organizing engineering events (5) 5.00
(The Department shall provide relevant details)
Student Branch No: STB05801
FACULTY ADVISORS
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Resurgence of the IEEE MRCET Student Branch

The IEEE MRCET Student Branch which was dormant for long saw a new light with the appointment of the newly elected Executive Committee in January 2015. The Executive Committee has since then swung i
action and energized the body and soul of the Student Branch with several technical, non-technical events apart from the IEEE Student Branch Administrative activities. The dedicated efforts and commitment from
Committee and the Student Branch members has brought a new life in the student organization. The IEEE MRCET Student Branch has walked a long way towards attainment of its purpose and has lived up to its o
year. Thanks to the excellent response from the students and faculty of different departments, MRCET’s ECE Department has allocated a dedicated time for IEEE Student Branch Activities to give all students, irresp
membership the opportunity of discovering the best engineer they can be and the best work they can do. The MRCET SB’s goal remains to empower the technocrats with great opportunities to develop their tale
budding engineers with the necessary skills, experience, exposure, leadership, knowledge and entrepreneurship. This year the MRCET IEEE SB has successfully conducted over 60 events including 20+ technical eve
technical events and nearly 25 IEEE SB Executive Committee’s Administrative activities. The IEEE Student Branch at MRCET has inspired Innovation, Creativity and Motivation, thus has influenced the life of many
year. With the same motto and with extra vigor, the IEEE MRCET SB hopes to bring in even more students with many more activities into its ambit in 2016. The Student Branch hope to become an active membe
Hyderabad Section and also in the IEEE R10. The MRCET IEEE Student Branch has a vision and mission to become the nodal center for IEEE activities/events and a good example for Student Branches across Sou
this perseverance we hereby put forward the activities and events conducted by the IEEE MRCET SB month-wise in 2015.
Events conducted
January, 2015
Technical Events
.NET Training and MTA Certification

MRCET organized the .NET training program for students of Computer science, Information Technology and Electronics and Communication Engineering branches with the assistance of the IEEE Student Branch. T
(5th January 2015 to 12th January 2015) training program delivered by EduKinect gave the participants hand-on learning opportunity in developing standalone applications using the .NET Framework. Through this pr
participating students successfully completed the requirements to be recognized as a Microsoft Technology Associate: .NET Fundamentals. All the IEEE SB members have completed the course and are now M
Fundamentals.
Non-Technical Events
Sankranti Celebrations-A tribute to the lives of Indian Farmers.
The IEEE Student Branch decided to celebrate SANKRANTI in a unique way. The SB organized Rangoli and kite making competition on 13th January 2015 as a precursor to the celebration. The SB observed a trad
mark the event and organized discussion to acknowledge our thanks giving to nature and farming. We discussed technologies that could revolutionize Indian agricultural practices, more specifically agricultural automat
time Embedded Systems.
The uniqueness of our celebration was that it was focused on group activities and was to build the much need TEAM spirit among the members
T: Together
E: Everyone
A: Achieves
M: More
Administrative Activities
EC Orientation and Training

An orientation cum training session was conducted for the newly appointed and elected Officers of the Executive Committee. The main objective of this exercise was to acquaint each of the Executive Committee Offi
procedures and rules of the Student Branch. The different roles and responsibilities of the EC Officers were delineated and explained to each of them.
Formation of committees
For better administration and efficiency the MRCET Student Branch, created 6 committees with each committee headed by a rotating committee chair person and constituted with members working on clearly defined/
tasks.
Planning Committee
Organizing Committee
Information and Broadcasting Committee
Finance Committee
Membership and Records Committee
Co-ordination Committee
Having different operating committees has helped us achieve the goal of a balanced, broad-reaching program of activities. By having several committees, we have involved more of our members in the planning and
many activities. Thus MRCET’s IEEE Student Branch has become a great platform for grooming good leaders and for harnessing leadership skills.
Bimonthly Agenda
The Officers of the IEEE SB Executive Committee met for the first planning meet to set the agenda for the months of January and February. The meeting was held at the Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam Hall. It was decided t
the administrative and EC meets will go online through platforms like google hangout and the sessions would be paperless, echoing our concern for nature.
February, 2015
Technical Events
IEEE Panel Discussion
The MRCET Student Branch organized a Panel Discussion on ‘Emerging trends in technologies in 2015’ on 11th February, 2015 at the Albert Einstein Hall. The Panel comprising academic and industrial experts
brought out the latest innovations and predicted the trends for the year. The discussion touched on various ongoing research and projects that have a great impact on the current state of technology. We were given a
the technologies that could be commercialized by the end of the year.
Robotics Workshop
The IEEE Student Branch organized three day workshop on “EMBEDDED SYSTEM: ROBOT APPLICATION” using AURDUINO. It was conducted by Centre of Excellence in robotics, Department of ECE, in ass
Hello Robotics from 24th to 26th February 2015. Students were exposed to the basics of embedded C with simple examples such as blinking an LED and had an opportunity to learn how to build a robot.
The Student Branch organized the IEEE Information Session for non-members on 12th February 2015.
Meet to organize the month’s events and review the outcomes of the previous month’s events on 7th February 2015 through google hangout.
March, 2015
Technical Events
IEEE Tech Quiz
We conducted a Tech Quiz on Wireless Communication Technologies on 16th March 2015. Team Diodes emerged as the winners, winning all the 4 rounds followed by Team Transistors who gave them a tough comp
IEEE Pep Talk
The Student Branch organized a Pep Talk by the Administrative Officer of MRGI, a retired soldier Mr.Rajeshwar Reddy. The Pep Talk titled ‘Your future is brighter than you imagine’ was scheduled on 30th
an eye opener for many students seeking to be recognized as the first of their kind. The Pep Talk stood by its name. It was effective in motivating the 218 students in attendance for the event.
Meet to organize the month’s events and review the outcomes of the previous month’s events on 7th March 2015 through google hangout. We had a feedback session to know the areas of improvements. It was
resolved by the EC to incorporate some minor modifications in its functioning, including voting on all proposals put forward before the EC in order to stay in tune with the democratic practices that we so dearly che
met again on 31st March 2015 to plan the events for the month of April. The response for the events in the months of January, February and March was extremely positive and encouraging.
April, 2015
Technical Events
Industrial Visit
The IEEE Student Branch in association with the IETE Student Forum organized an industrial visit to National Remote Sensing Center (NRSC), Shadnagar, on April 6th 2015. Different types of satellites were explain
fortunate enough to witness two live passes of Aqua and Terra Remote Sensing Satellites. We were amazed by the way the automated cassegrain antennas oriented itself to receive the dumps during the satellite pa
shown the components present in the antenna and the working of the antenna. It was interesting to know how the data was acquired through satellite in the form of image using various image processing techniques. T
us the scope to practical applications used in real life.
IEEE Talks
This edition of the IEEE Talks was aimed at: Student to Professional transformation was conducted on 16th April, 2015. The IEEE Talks was delivered by MRCET’s IEEE Branch Counselor, Professor, Researcher
ECE Department Dr. S. Srinivasa Rao. The talk titled: ‘Industry, Innovation, Entrepreneurship and Research Opportunities for the Next Gen Engineers’. The IEEE Talk’s message gave all the attendees a good in
expectations of the industry. The talk was motivating to its core and was concluded amidst thundering applause of appreciation.
Au Revoir
The IEEE SB organized a Farewell meet for the outgoing batch of students. The day was marked by walk down the memory lane. The previous EC Chair congratulated the incumbent EC and promised all support a
future.
Meet to organize the month’s events and review the outcomes of the previous month’s events on 4th April, 2015 through google hangout.
May, 2015
No Events could be organized owing to the end semester examination of the University.
Meet to organize the outcomes of the previous month’s events and plan for the next semester programs on 28th May, 2015 through google hangout.
June, 2015
Technical Events
Inspire Innovation
The Inspire Innovation program was directed at giving guidance to Final Year students to choose creative areas to work for their Industry Oriented Mini Project. Members were encouraged to take up challenges fro
and try using their knowledge and come out with work that are possible solutions to real world societal problems. It was organized on 24th June 2015 and was effective in guiding the participants, who later on chose s
topics to work on for their academic mini project that hold the key to solving some challenging problems.
Career Opportunities Awareness

To make the budding Engineers aware of the career opportunities open to Electronics and Communication Engineers in the Industry, Academia and Entrepreneurial Sectors, the IEEE Student Branch organize
Opportunities Awareness program. The program was conducted by Prof. Kailash Rao, the Dean of Placements for MRGI on 27th June 2015. It focused on a wide range of opportunities available. It did a great de
confidence among the student, that they head great doorways to kick start their career.
Resume Writing Workshop

In association with the H&S Dept., we organized the resume writing workshop
Meet to re-shuffle the committees and to plan for the month’s events on 11/07/15.
July, 2015
Technical Events
IEEE SB Logo Design Contest
Since the IEEE MRCET SB didn’t have its own logo, the Executive Committee organized a logo design contest. The entries to the contest was kept open between 13th July 2015 and 27th July 2015. The logo was se
pool of 48 entries that the EC received.Based on the merits we chose the following logo which indicates:
"We the budding Engineers, from the disciplines of ECE, IT and CSE, wish to network with the larger community of Engineers to widen the horizons of learning (indicated by the rings). Proud of our diversity
the rings), we wish to work in Advancing Technology for Humanity, a common unidirectional goal, that binds us with the IEEEs Motto(Indicated by the arrow-the antenna tower and the radiating signals)".
IEEE Tech Debate
The IEEE SB organized the first Tech Debate in order to instill professional and healthy debating skills in the participants on 15th July 2015. The topic for the
debate was: Is a singularity of technology-The theory o
inevitable in the Future?The debate explored on questions whether it was even possible to have a unified theory or technology, where our technological evolution is taking us and what could such a unified tech/theory
Aptitude Skills Development

Since many students had set backs with the aptitude round in the initial campus recruitment drives, the IEEE SB came up with the Aptitude Skill Development program organized regularly throughout July, 2015.
brushing up skills in Quantitative, Verbal and Logical Reasoning on by peer-to-peer basis.
Meet on July 7th to plan out the organizing of the month’s events
Meet on July 29th and 30th to screen, review, evaluate and choose the IEEE Student Branch Logo
Meet on July 20th for pooling in resources for Aptitude Skill Development Program and to review the progress of the branch in June and July.
August, 2015
Technical Events
Futuronics Gen Y and Gen Z
The Futuronics Gen Y and Gen Z is a mini tech fest for the III year and II year students respectively, was jointly organized by the IEEE Student Branch and IETE Student Forum on 30th and 31st August 2015. Futuro
the following events:
Poster Presentation contest
Paper Presentation contest
Tech Quiz contest
Project Expo contest
Mock interviews
Several Spot Events
It gave the participants the opportunity to get hands on learning about participating in professional and technical activities. Futuronics saw the emergence of excellent talent that has been latent for quite long. It has
exposure and platform for participants to hone their skill.
Haritha Haram Program

The IEEE SB participated in the Haritha Haram program initiated by the ECE Dept., MRCET on 1st August 2015
Meet on August 6th to plan out the organizing of the month’s events
Meet on 12th August 2015 to mark the success of Futuronics
Meet on August 20th for planning the events of the next two months.
September, 2015
Technical Events
IEEE Talks
The third edition of the IEEE Tech Talk was organized on 10th September 2015. In this edition we invited a Retired Scientist at DRDO and currently the Director of ECE Dept., Prof. P. Sanjeeva Reddy. The IE
directed towards the topic: ‘Advanced Radar Systems for modern military applications’. The IEEE Talk that was extended up to 90 minutes to cover more topics on demand by students, included narratives from Pro
personal experience and contribution in developing some missile components and indigenous radar technologies. The Talk ended with a thundering applause from the audience.
Teacher’s Day Celebration

Although we are indebted lifelong to our teachers for their invaluable lessons, a simple gesture of thanks and the success of their students gives them immense joy. The IEEE SB took the initiative to organize the T
Celebration on 5th September 2015 to express our sincere thanksgiving to faculty of various departments who have given us the technical knowledge base we possess today. The even involved talks that took us down
lane and motivated the student as well as the teaching community.
Engineers’ Day Celebration
Engineers’ day celebrated on 15th September every year as a remarkable tribute to the greatest Indian Engineer and a Bharat Ratna, M. Visvesvaraya. He is held in high regard as a pre-eminent engineer of India. "
Challenges for Knowledge Era" is the theme of Engineers Day 2015. On this occasion the IEEE SB celebrated engineers’ day by an assembly faculty and students, where students planned a set of events such as
dignitaries, skit, videos and dance . The main aim of this event was to make future engineers understand the importance of engineering and also appreciate past engineers. Two videos were played based on im
engineering and how Indian engineers have made an impact on the world and their contribution to the society. Finally ended with a skit performed by 3rd years on the importance of Women in Engineering.
Meet to organize the month’s events and review the outcomes of the current month’s events on 3rd September, 2015 through google hangout.
October, 2015
Technical Events
Web designing workshop

The IEEE Student Branch in association with IETE Student Forum and CSI Student Forum organized a three day workshop in Web Designing for the 2nd year B. Tech. Students of ECE, CSE and IT Departmen
students participated in this workshop cum training session conducted from 12th October 2015 to 14th October 2015.
Android App Development Workshop
A three day Android App Development Workshop was organized jointly by the IEEE, IETE and CSI Student Branches between 15th October 2015 and 17th October 2015. The target audience were 3rd year students
and IT. The Workshop was a grand success with over 500 students participating and successfully acquiring hands on app development opportunity. The final day of the workshop was concluded by felicitating the w
Best App of the Workshop, a small contest that was conducted where participants of the workshop were encouraged to showcase their creative and app dev skill.
Constituent Assembly of the OptiMent

With an aim to create a student senate in the ECE Department, the IEEE Student Branch convened a session of the Constituent Assembly to Draft a constitution of the student senate and lay down the procedures for
and conduct of the student senate called the OptiMent. The session conducted on 1st October 2015 was a democratic exercise to democratize student activities in the ECE Department. The future technocrats poole
ideas to strengthen it.
IEEE Day
The IEEE MRCET Student Branch celebrated the IEEE day on 6th October with grandeur. A number of activities were queued up for the day. They included:
Launch of the IEEE Student Branch Logo and felicitation of the winner of the logo design contest.
Inaugural session of the newly institutionalized OptiMent: The Optimistic ParliaMent of the Technocrats, the first student senate of MRCET. The OptiMent became an event on the Global Map for th
2015. The Agenda of the OptiMent for its first session included:
Legislative Business
Adoption of the title and objectives
Adoption of the general code of conduct
Adoption of the Constitution of the OptiMent
Passed a resolution of note of thanks to the ECE Dept.
House Debate
Is technology making human brain redundant?
Winners of the Debate: Noes (184 votes) against Ayes (16 votes)
Voting
Every item of the agenda concluded with voting and the side that wins 2/3rd of the votes was deemed to be the final decision of the OptiMent.
It seemed as the true spirit of democracy had seeped into the work, debate and approach of all the participants. Democracy is ultimately the strongest pillar of our country making us the world’s largest democracy.
Meets to organize the month’s events and review the outcomes of the current month’s events every week through google hangout.
The IEEE MRCET Student Branch Members also launched MRCET’s First Student Newsletter by the name NEWS’ellite and has already published three editions completely done for and by the stu
November and December, 2015

Events of November and December are yet to be published. The delay is due to the University End Semester Examinations.
2015 has been a Golden Year for the MRCET IEEE Student Branch. With thanks for everyone and New Years Greetings,
The MRCET IEEE Student Branch Executive Committee.
4.6.2 Publication of technical magazines, newsletters, etc. (5) 5.00
(The Department shall list the publications mentioned earlier along with the names of the editors, publishers, etc.)
4.6.3 Participationininter-institute events by students of the program of study (10) 10.00
(The Department shall provide a table indicating those publications, which received awards in the events/ conferences organized by other institutes.)
5 FACULTY INFORMATION AND CONTRIBUTIONS (200)
Note: Please provide cumulative information for all the shifts for three assessment years in below format in AnnexureII.
2012-2013
Distribution of teaching load (%) Academic Research

Qualification
All the UG Faculty Sponsored
Degree Date of Consultancy
Name of the Current Designations receiving Research
(starting joining the From other From this Research and Product
faculty member Year of Designation since joining 1st Serving Ph.D Ph.D (Funded
of from University Institution programme programme PG Paper Development
Graduation the Instituition Year 100% in during the Guidance Research)
highest to this to other Publications
programme assessment
degree) programme programme
year
P SANJEEVA ME/ M IIT ADVANCED

1979 Professor PROFESSOR 15/09/2006 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 1 0 0
REDDY Tech MADRAS TELECOMM
ME/ M
S BABU RAO JNTU 1992 Professor PROFESSOR 10/05/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech
MRK MURTHY PhD OU 2002 Professor PROFESSOR 21/06/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 10 5 0 0 ECE
K MURALI ME/ M BANGALORE Associate

1995 Asso.Professor 03/01/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 No 0 4 0 0 ELECTRON
KRISHNA Tech UNIVERSITY Professor
ME/ M Associate
B JYOTHI JNTUH 2008 Asst.Professor 01/07/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 No 0 5 1 0 DSCE
Tech Professor
K ME/
SATHYABHAMA Associate
MALLIKARJUNA M 2007 Asst.Professor 18/09/2007 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 1 VLSI DESIG
UNIVERSITY Professor
LINGAM Tech
V KIRAN ME/ M Associate

JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 02/11/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 1 0 0 EMBEDDED
KUMAR Tech Professor
SRINIVASA
ME/ M Associate
NAVEEN JNTUH 2008 Asst.Professor 19/11/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 2 1 1 DECS
Tech Professor
KUMAR G
ME/ M Assistant
M ANUSHA JNTUH 2011 Asst.Professor 02/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 No 0 1 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
Tech Professor
M SREEDHAR ME/ M Assistant

JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 01/11/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 SSP
REDDY Tech Professor
P ANITHA ME/ M JNTUH 2010 Associate Asst.Professor 14/10/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 1 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
Tech Professor
ARUN KUMAR ME/ M Associate

JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 14/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 2 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
MADUPU Tech Professor
S ARUNA ME/ M Assistant

JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 02/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 1 0 0 CS
KUMARI Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
N SARITHA JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 17/06/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor
DIGITAL EL
ME/ M Assistant AND
D ASHA JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 21/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 No 0 0 0 0
Tech Professor COMMUNI
SYSTEM
ME/
SATHYABHAMA Assistant
K SURESH M 2010 Asst.Professor 26/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 VLSI DESIG
UNIVERSITY Professor
Tech
ME/ M Assistant
P SUBHASITHA JNTUH 2007 Asst.Professor 14/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor
DIGITAL EL
ME/ M Assistant AND
P SWETHA JNTUH 2010 Asst.Professor 15/11/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 No 0 0 0 0
Tech Professor COMMUNI
SYSTEM
RAJI REDDY ME/ M Assistant

JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 01/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 DIGITAL SY
PATHURI Tech Professor
AVINASH ME/ M Assistant

JNTUK 2011 Asst.Professor 02/07/2012 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 EEE
PUSUNURI Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
KDK AJAY JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 11/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 1 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
Sridhar goud Malle JNTUH 2011 Asst.Professor 18/10/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 VLSI
Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
R Chinna rao JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 05/07/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
R Bhanu JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 20/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
M Lavanya JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 05/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor
Rajesh Talathoti ME/ M JNTUH 2012 Assistant Asst.Professor 04/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
M MADHAVI JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 18/07/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
CH SREENU JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 15/07/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor
PADMANABHA ME/ M Assistant

JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 01/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
REDDY Tech Professor
ME/ M Assistant
A MAMATHA JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 02/11/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor
SUBRAHMANYA ME/ M Assistant

JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 01/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
SRIDHAR Tech Professor
KT
VISWANATHA PhD JNTUH 2012 Professor PROFESSOR 01/09/2012 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
REDDY
DR A
ADHIPATHI PhD IIT KGP 2005 Professor PROFESSOR 01/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 0 0 0 ECE
REDDY
2013-2014

Qualification
year
P SANJEEVA ME/ M IIT No ADVANCED

1979 Professor PROFESSOR 15/09/2006 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 10 0 1
REDDY Tech MADRAS No TELECOMM
ME/ M No
S BABU RAO JNTU 1992 Professor PROFESSOR 10/05/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 EEE
Tech No
K MURALI ME/ M BANGALORE Associate No

1995 Asso.Professor 03/01/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 1 0 0 ELECTRON
KRISHNA Tech UNIVERSITY Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
B JYOTHI JNTUH 2008 Asst.Professor 01/07/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 2 0 0 DSCE
Tech Professor No
K ME/ SATHYABHAMA Associate No
MALLIKARJUNA M 2007 Asst.Professor 18/09/2007 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 3 0 0 VLSI DESIG
UNIVERSITY Professor No
LINGAM Tech
V KIARN ME/ M Associate No

JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 02/11/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 EMBEDDED
KUMAR Tech Professor No
SRINIVASA
ME/ M Associate No
NAVEEN JNTUH 2008 Asst.Professor 19/11/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 1 0 DECS
Tech Professor No
KUMAR G
ME/ M Assistant No
M ANUSHA JNTUH 2011 Asst.Professor 02/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
Tech Professor No
M SREEDHAR ME/ M Associate No

JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 01/11/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 SSP
REDDY Tech Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
P ANITHA JNTUH 2010 Asst.Professor 14/10/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 2 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
Tech Professor No
ARUN KUMAR ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 14/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 4 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
MADUPU Tech Professor No
S ARUNA ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 02/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 CS
KUMARI Tech Professor No
DIGITAL EL
ME/ M Assistant No AND
D ASHA JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 21/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0
Tech Professor No COMMUNI
SYSTEM
ME/
SATHYABHAMA Assistant No
K SURESH M 2010 Asst.Professor 26/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 VLSI DESIG
Tech
DIGITAL EL
ME/ M Assistant No AND
P SWETHA JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 15/11/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0
Tech Professor No COMMUNI
SYSTEM
RAJI REDDY ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2010 Asst.Professor 01/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 DIGITAL SY
PATHURI Tech Professor No
AVINASH ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUK 2011 Asst.Professor 02/07/2012 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 EEE
PUSUNURI Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
KDK AJAY JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 11/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
Sridhar goud Malle JNTUH 2011 Asst.Professor 18/10/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 VLSI
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
R Chinna rao JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 05/07/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
BITS No
Dr.Mittal PhD 1999 Professor Professor 20/12/2012 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ECE
PILANI No
Dr.DRVA Sharath No
PhD CMJ 2012 Professor Professor 01/07/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 7 0 0 VLSI
kumar No
No
Dr.S.Srinivasa Rao PhD JNTUH 2013 Professor Professor 01/07/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 10 0 0 DSCE
No
Dr.A Adhipathi No
PhD IIT KGP 2005 Professor Professor 01/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 WIRELESS
Reddy No
PADMANABHA ME/ M Associate Asssociate No

JNTUH 2005 01/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ES
REDDY Tech Professor Professor No
No
MRK MURTHY PhD JNTUH 2010 Professor Professor 01/09/2012 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 DECS
No
ME/ M Assistant No
N SARITHA JNTUH 2013 Asst.Professor 17/06/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 PE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
MAMATHA P JNTUH 2010 Asst.Professor 11/02/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 VLSI
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
BHANU R JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 03/08/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 PE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
LAVANYA M JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 29/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
SUBHASHITHA P JNTUH 2007 Asst.Professor 21/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 VLSI
Tech Professor No
RAJESH ME/ M Assistant No

TALATHOTA Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
MADHAVI K JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 18/07/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
PNS RAO JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 01/01/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor No
V SHIVARAJ ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 01/06/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 DECS
T VINAY SIMHA ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2010 Asst.Professor 17/06/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
ME/ M Assistant No
I PRANEETHA JNUTH 2011 Asst.Professor 01/07/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 PE
Tech Professor No
RENJU ME/ M Assistant No

PANICKER Tech Professor No
2014-2015

Qualification
year
Prof P Sanjeeva ME/ M IIT No ADVANCED

1979 Professor Professor 15/09/2006 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 2 0 0
Reddy Tech MADRAS No TELECOMM
No
Dr S Srinivasa Rao PhD JNTUH 2013 Professor Professor 01/07/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 3 14 0 1 DSCE
No
ME/ M No APPLIED
K Subash JNUTH 1975 Professor Professor 07/12/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0
Tech No ELECTRONI
CH KIRAN ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 02/07/2014 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ECE
Dr DRVA Sharath No
PhD CMJ 2012 Professor Professor 01/07/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 2 5 0 0 VLSI
Kumar No
ME/ M Assistant No
KDK Ajay JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 11/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
T Vinay Simha ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2010 Asst.Professor 17/06/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 0 3 0 0 VLSI Design
Reddy Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
I Pranitha JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 01/07/2013 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 PE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
P.Raji Reddy JNTUH 2010 Asst.Professor 01/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 0.00 0 2 0 0 Digital System
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
R Chinnarao Tech JNTUH 2012 Professor Asst.Professor 04/07/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 No 0 2 0 0 SSP
ME/ M Assistant No
Renju Panicker JNTUH 2013 Asst.Professor 15/06/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 3 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
B SURESH JNTUH 2010 Asst.Proferssor 02/07/2012 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 PE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M bangalore Associate No

K Murali krishna 1995 Asst Professor 03/01/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ELECTRON
Tech university Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
B Jyothi JNTUH 2008 Asst Professor 01/07/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 9 0 0 DSCE
Tech Professor No
K Mallikarjun ME/ M sathyabhama Associate No

2007 Asst Professor 18/07/2007 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 0 7 0 0 VLSI DESIG
lingam Tech university Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
G S Naveen kumar JNTUH 2008 Asst Professor 09/11/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 9 1 0 DECS
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
M Ramanjaneyulu JNTUK 2002 Asst Professor 01/07/2013 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 25.00 0 0 0 1 ES
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
V Kiran kumar JNTUH 2008 Asst Professor 02/11/2005 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 2 0 0 ES
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
M Sreedhar Reddy JNTUH 2009 Asst Professor 01/11/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 0 3 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
P Swetha JNTUH 2009 Asst Professor 15/11/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 2 0 0 DIGITAL EL
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
M Arun kumar JNTUH 2009 Asst Professor 14/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
D Asha JNTUH 2009 Asst Professor 21/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 0 8 0 0 DIGITAL EL
Tech Professor No
ME/
SATHYABHAMA Assistant No
K Suresh M 2010 Asst Professor 26/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 2 0 0 VLSI DESIG
Tech
ME/ M Associate No
P Anitha JNTUH 2010 Asst Professor 21/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 7 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
M Anusha JNTUH 2011 Asst Professor 02/07/2011 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 0 2 0 0 VLSI SYSTE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Associate No
S Aruna Kumari JNTUH 2010 Asst Professor 26/07/2010 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 25.00 0 3 0 0 CS
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
N Saritha JNTUH 2013 Asst.Professor 17/06/2008 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 3 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
G SHEKHAR ME/ M Assistant ASST No

JNTUK 2012 01/07/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 PE
BABU Tech Professor PROFESSOR No
V SHIVARAJ ME/ M Assistant No

ME/ M Assistant No
K SWATHI JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 24/06/2013 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 DECS
Tech Professor No
N
ME/ M SASTA Assistant No
VENKATESWARA 2011 Asst.Professor 01/07/2014 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 DECS
Tech UNIVERSITY Professor No
REDDY
ME/ M Assistant No
K TEJASWE JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 01/07/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 DECS
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
T SRINIVAS JNTUH 2013 Asst.Professor 01/07/2015 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 VLSI DESIG
Tech Professor No
CH ME/ M Assistant No
SRINIVASULU Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
R KIRAN JNTUH 2014 Asst.Professor 01/07/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 DECS
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
N RAMESH JNTUH 2013 Asst.Professor 01/07/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 PE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
T JYOTHI JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 26/01/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
NIMISHA B JNTUH 2014 Asst.Professor 06/04/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
MASHAN VALI JNTUH 2014 Asst.Professor 07/04/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
R KRISHNAM ME/ M Assistant No

RAJU Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
LAVANYA M JNTUH 2012 Asst.Professor 29/12/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 SSP
Tech Professor No
ME/ M Assistant No
P DEEPTHI JNTUH 2009 Asst.Professor 07/04/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor No
D SANDEEP ME/ M Assistant No

ME/ M Assistant No
P PRATHYUSHA JNTUH 2013 Asst.Professor 06/04/2015 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ECE
Tech Professor No
A PRASANNA ME/ M Assistant No

LAXMI Tech Professor No
RAHMAN SYED ME/ M Assistant No

ABDUL Tech Professor No
B SRINIVASA ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2014 Asst.Professor 26/06/2015 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 PE
RAO Tech Professor No
P PRASHANTH ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2014 Asst.Professor` 08/01/2016 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 ECE
BABU Tech Professor No
SURATHA ME/ M Assistant No

RAJANI Tech Professor No
SAIDULU REDDY ME/ M Assistant No

JNTUH 2013 Asst.Professor 01/07/2014 0.00 100 0.00 100.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 EPS
O Tech Professor No
SATEESH BABU ME/ M Assistant No

G Tech Professor No
SATISH KUMAR ME/ M Assistant No

D Tech Professor No
MAHESWARI ME/ M Assistant No

P MADHU ME/ M Assistant No

MOHANAIAH Tech Professor No
V SIVAKUMAR No
PhD JNTUH 2007 Professor PROFESSOR 17/02/2009 0.00 100 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 20 2 0 ECE
REDDY No
5.1 Student-Faculty Ratio (20)
20.00
S:F ratio = N/F; N = No. of students = 3*X where x is (approved intake + 20% lateral entry intake + separate division, if any)
F = No. of faculty = (a+b–c) for every assessment year
a: Total number of full-time regular Faculty serving fully to 2nd, 3rd and 4th year of the this program
b: Total number of full-time equivalent regular Faculty(considering fractional load) serving this program from other Program(s)
c: Total number of fulltime equivalent regular Faculty(considering fractional load )of this program serving other program(s)
Regular Faculty means:
• Fulltime on roll with prescribed payscale. An employee on contract for a period of more than two years AND drawing consolidated salary more than applicable gross salary shall only be counted as a regular employee.
• Prescribed pay scales means pay scales notified by the AICTE/ Central Government and implementation as prescribed by the State Government. In case State Government prescribes lesser consolidated salary for a particular cadre then same will be considered as refe
counting faculty as a regular faculty.
Marks to be given proportionally from a maximum of 20 to a minimum of 10 for average SFR between 15:1 to 20:1, and zero for average SFR higher than 20:1.
Year X N (3*X) F [(a+b-c)/100] SFR(N/F)

2014-2015 648.00 44.00 14.73
2013-2014 504.00 38.00 13.26
2012-2013 432.00 33.00 13.09
Average SFR for three assessment years : 13.69
Assessment SFR : 20.00
5.2 Faculty Cadre Proportion (25)
25.00
The reference Faculty cadre proportion is 1(F1):2(F2):6(F3)
F1: Number of Professors required = 1/9 x Number of Faculty required to comply with 15:1 Student-Faculty ratio based on no. of students(N) as per 5.1
F2: Number of Associate Professors required = 2/9 x Number of Faculty required to comply with 15:1 Student-Faculty ratio based on no. of students(N) as per 5.1
F3: Number of Assistant Professors required = 6/9 x Number of Faculty required to comply with 15:1 Student-Faculty ratio based on no. of students(N) as per 5.1
Professors Associate Professors Assistant Professors

Year Required Required Required
Available Available Available
F1 F2 F3
2014-2015 4.80 5.00 9.60 11.00 28.80 39.00
2013-2014 3.73 7.00 7.47 8.00 22.40 23.00
2012-2013 3.20 5.00 6.40 7.00 19.20 21.00
Average Numbers 3.91 5.67 7.82 8.67 23.47 27.67
Cadre Ratio Marks [ (AF1 / RF1) + [(AF2 / RF2) * 0.6] + [ (AF3 / RF3) * 0.4] ] * 12.5 : 32.34
5.3 Faculty Qualification (25)
18.82
FQ = 2.5 x [(10 X+6 Y)/ F)]
where X is no. of regular faculty with Ph.D.,
Y is no. of regular faculty with M.Tech.,
F is no. of regular faculty required to comply 1:15 Faculty Student ratio(no. of faculty and no. of students required are to be calculated as per 5.1)
X Y F FQ = 2.5 x [(10X + 6Y) / F )]

2014-2015 3 52 43.20 19.79
2013-2014 5 33 33.60 18.45
2012-2013 3 30 28.80 18.23
Average Assessment : 18.82
5.4 Faculty Retention (25)
20.00
Description 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015

No of Faculty Retained 31 32 31
Total No Of Faculty 33 38 55
% of Faculty Retained 94 84 56
Average : 78.17
Assessment Marks : 20.00
5.5 Innovations by the Faculty in Teaching and Learning (20)
20.00
Innovations by the Faculty in teaching and learning shall be summarized as per the following description.
Contributions to teaching and learning are activities that contribute to the improvement of student learning. These activities may include innovations not limited to, use of ICT, instruction delivery, instructional methods, assessment, evaluatio
classrooms that lead to effective, efficient and engaging instruction. Any contributions to teaching and learning should satisfy the following criteria:
The work must be made available on Institute website

The work must be available for peer review and critique
The work must be reproducible and developed further by other scholars
The department / institution may set up appropriate processes for making the contributions available to the public, getting them reviewed and for rewarding. These may typically include statement of clear goals, adequate preparation, use of appro
significance of results, effective presentation and reflective critique.
The process adopted for effective teaching-learning is shown below:
Step 1: The subjects are to be divided into two categories, which are theoretical and mathematical. Then, the faculty members are requested to give their preferences (at-least 3 subjects) in each category. With that list, the HOD & Director finalizes the subjects by
specialization of the staff, experience and other workload of staff etc. The subjects are allocated well in time so that the faculty can prepare the course plan consisting of course delivery methods, assessment plan, assignment frequency. And the same is monitored by
commencement of the class. Weekly progress is monitored and reported to Dean Academics.
Step 2: The time table is framed by the Department Timetable Committee consisting of 2 senior Associate Professors and it has to be approved by the HOD. The primary requirement of the timetable is to ensure that it enables students to complete core units in a cours
course rules and to complete elective combinations that are specified by course regulations to fulfill the requirements of the award.
Teaching activities will be scheduled at times and in places that are consistent with:
Facilitating student attendance and maximizing student choice

The use of specialist teaching space for its designated purpose
Occupational health and safety and fire code regulations (e.g. room capacity restrictions, staff working conditions)
Utilizing teaching space and resources effectively and efficiently, consistent with allocations being equitable for staff and students and compatible with pedagogic requirements.
Activities will be scheduled in patterns that produce manageable teaching times for staff and allow staff appropriate time for other activities such as research, administration and post-graduate supervision.
Step 3: A Session plan is the instructor’s road map of what students need to learn and how it will be done effectively during the class time. Before you plan your lesson, you will first need to identify the learning objectives for the class meeting. Then, you can design app
activities and develop strategies to obtain feedback on student learning. A successful Session plan addresses and integrates these three key components:
Objectives for student learning
Teaching/learning activities
Strategies to check student understanding
Specifying concrete objectives for student learning will help the Teacher in determining, the kinds of teaching and learning activities he/she uses in the class, while those activities will define how to check whether the learning objectives have been accomplished.
Step 4: Lecture Notes provide a record of the lecture content. It is prepared for all the Subjects by the concerned Faculty members teaching the specific subjects. It helps the students to learn and remember the ideas and facts presented. Reorganized or edited notes ma
for integrating all course materials and information. Notes encourage the students to take an active thinking part in the lecture and to do reference .It is also important to specify the references at the end of each topic for clarity and information.
Step 5: Periodical Assignments are given by the Faculty in the respective subjects for their knowledge improvement and evaluation.
Framing of Assignments:
Consider the learning objectives.

Design assignments that are interesting and challenging.
Double-check alignment.
Provide information about the appropriate format and presentation (e.g., page length, typed, cover sheet, bibliography)
Indicate special instructions, such as a particular citation style or headings
Specify the due date and the consequences for missing it
Articulate performance criteria clearly
Indicate the assignment’s point value or percentage of the course grade
Provide the students (where appropriate) with models or samples
Step 6: The Overhead Projector, or “OHP” is one of the most frequently used (and misused) tools in education and training today. It may be facing a challenge from the data projector, but it is still more flexible and useful for all except uninterrupted, rehearsed presenta
is usually under the control of the teacher: this means that it is by default an instrument of teacher-centered instruction. This is not necessarily a bad thing, and teachers can develop its use as a tool of session management. Switching it on, for example, is likely to send the
get ready for some input from me", and can be used to curtail discussions which are veering off the point.
Step 7: The list of Websites that have to be referred for a specific topic are specified by the Faculty for student’s reference and pursual.
Step 8: Students are given the Course Material for reference and also soft copy of the Notes is forwarded by the Faculty. The course material consists of the Lecture notes and Previous question papers. The material is also uploaded in the college website so t
download and refer whenever required.
Step 9: Content Delivery
Content delivery Methods
1. LECTURES INTERSPERSED WITH DISCUSSION:
The class room lectures are interspersed with discussion. This method helps students to discuss their views and ideas with their peers and the faculty for clarifying any doubts, as well as for better understanding of the concepts. For the students to be aware of the topic
the class room, the department gives handbooks at the beginning of the semester where in the session plan of every subject is included which guides the student to follow day to day classes.
Examples for each topic in the real world context are delivered which helps the students to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manu
sustainability.
Each lecture is followed by a group discussion which helps the students to communicate effectively. Each class improves their knowledge of contemporary issues.
POs Attained : PO3, PO4, PO5, PO6, PO7, PO10, PO11, PO12
2. ASYNCHRONOUS MODE OF INTERACTION:
In this mode of delivery there is no real-time interaction with the student.
Advantages of asynchronous interaction
Flexibility: information can be accessed at anytime from anyplace;
Time to reflect: learners can give a reply to the problems raised when they’re comfortable with the topic;
Anonymity and pseudonymity: as the face-to-face interaction is lacking, the shyer learners feel less pressure and thus their contribution to the discussion might be of a better quality;
Situated learning: the learners can apply the theories from the studied course in their own working environment;
Cost-effective: all a learner needs is a computer and a decent internet connection.
Impact of asynchronous interaction
Learner-learner: quality of interaction improves due to the learner having enough time to process the topics and respond in a meaningful way (“higher order thinking skills occurring”);
Learner-instructor: instructor can focus on the learner’s needs;
Learner-content: learner has time to digest the contents; learner is able to access online notes (written by all course participants).
Examples of asynchronous interaction
CD-ROMs, - e-mail,- bulletin boards (online forums),- newsgroups (information is received via newsfeeds),- web pages, - computer conferencing, IRC – Internet Relay Chat (chat rooms),- instant messaging,- - fax,- audiotape / videotape,- collaborative work spa
available to multiple users that can be added on or modified by the users themselves),- blogs (weblogs)
Among the above examples, we adopt CD-ROMs, e-mail, audiotape/videotape, blogs mode of asynchronous interaction. Course materials, expert lecture notes are given to students through CD-ROM. Video; audio lectures of experts are distributed to students, thr
can listen to lectures for better understanding of complex concepts more than once. The department faculty has their blogs in which they post the course material, assignments. E-mail helps both student and faculty to be in contact asynchronously for learning and i
modes help even a shy student, lack of effective oral communication student to contribute their views, present their assignments through sample applications designed by them and finally to clarify doubts, share and exchange their ideas with faculty. Through this mod
contact with faculty even after the program and engage themselves in life-long learning.
Queries and clarifications through this mode helps the students to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs and apply the techniques, skills, modern tools to formulate, analyze and solve multi-disciplinary problems. This mode of interaction help
improve their communication and professional ethics while responding through mails.
POs Attained : PO2,PO3,PO4,PO5,PO6,PO7, PO8, PO9,PO10

3. Synchronous interaction:
This mode of interaction is delivered by having real-time interaction with the student.
Advantages of synchronous interaction
Stimulate motivation: via real-time interaction and ability to see and hear the classmates;
Interactive participation: step by step instructions can be given and followed in real time;
Immediate feedback: from both learners and instructor, thus allowing brainstorming of ideas, case-study analysis, debates and project work;
User-friendly technological tools for effective learning: only basic skills needed;
Cost and time saving: no real venue for the class needed.
Examples of synchronous interaction
Real-time audio, - application sharing (learners can add, make changes or delete info on a shared software application),- voice and videoconferencing,- share whiteboards and live presentation tools,- live assessment testing and voting,- audience control tools
Impact of synchronous interaction
Learner-learner: the larger the group, the less interactivity possible;
learner-instructor: only “lower thinking skills can be achieved” ;
learner-content: learners need to contribute and participate.
Among the above mentioned examples we adopt effectively black/green/white boards which is analogous to the Lecture interspersed with discussion listed above. We use live presentation tools like OHP and LCD projectors for effective interaction. This mode of inter
faculty to collect immediate feedback and thus allowing for clarification, analysis of students ideas. Larger the group, lesser the interaction possible. To countermeasure this problem, we adopt tutorials apart from regular lectures, where the number of student group is lim
– to –one interaction.
Concepts for each topics with real time interaction through presentation modes helps the students to design a system, component, or process to desired needs within realistic constraints. Each lecture is followed by questioner session to collect feedback to analyze the le
of PO.
PO Attained : PO2, PO3, PO5, PO6, PO7, PO10, PO11,PO12

4. Group discussion:
Group Discussion is a process where exchange of ideas and opinions are debated upon. Adopting this method helps students to know what to do/remember and what not to do/remember in GD. For example they should be assertive but in a polite manner with expres
calm but not quiet. Clarity in the thoughts. Appear pleasant with the other participating members. Be logical while answering or questioning anything. Adopting this method helps students to face personal interviews with more ease.
Case studies can be discussed. Queries and answers through this mode help the students to analyze and interpret to meet the requirements. This mode of interaction helps the students to improve their communication and professional ethics during discussion.
PO Attained: PO5, PO6, PO7, PO11

5. Project:
Projects are often done in poster format, but faculty can also use their imagination to experiment with the form for content delivery.
Common characteristics of the projects
Hard work: Each project is the result of a lot of hard work. The authors of the projects have found information about their topic, collected or drawn pictures, written down their ideas, and then put all the parts together to form a coherent presentation.
Creativity: The projects are very creative in terms of both content and language. Each project is a unique piece of communication, created by the project writers themselves.
Personal: This element of creativity makes project work a very personal experience.
Adaptable: Project work is a highly adaptable methodology. It can be used at every level from absolute beginner to advance and with all ages.
Examples for complex topic in the real world context are delivered in the form of projects which helps the students to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints.
PO Attained: PO3, PO4, PO5
Different course delivery methods / modes adopted in the department for delivery of courses for effective attainment of POs are shown below:
1) Audio Visual Aids:
They are very powerful teaching tools. AV aids should be used to enhance the lecture by offering clarification of material in the lecture, and are particularly useful for students whose preferred learning style is visual. AV also stands for Added Value. So, AV aids he
effectively
Status of availability of Audio Visual Aids:
2) Black board Teaching
The Blackboard Learning System allows instructors to post course information and course materials, readings and assignments and provides functionality for basic discussion and other collaborative tools (from Blackboard) which in turn help to attain the defined POs
3) Regular assignments:
Assignments help the students to better understand, analyze and improve the presentation of the given topic in the concerned subjects. As per JNTU curriculum, assignments are a part of program curriculum as per R09 regulation.
But right from the inception of the department, assignments are included in the program curriculum to improve the students understanding capabilities which in turn help to attain the defined POs
(Sample Assignment Evaluation Form is included in the Annexure)
4) Continuous Evaluation
Student’s academic performance is to be evaluated continuously and update to the students and parents to put them in the right direction in order to achieve their goals and defined POs of the program. In this aspect, Continuous Evaluation is powerful tool to attain and d
(Sample Continuous Evaluation Form is included in the Annexure)
5) Tutorials:
As per JNTU curriculum, tutorials are a part of program curriculum. The main purpose of having tutorials for most of the core engineering subjects is to apply the concepts of the concerned subjects learned in the regular classes and able to solve complex engineering pro
that subject. This shows effect on Course outcomes which in turn helps to attain the defined POs.
(List of Subjects which includes Tutorial classes as per JNTU Curriculum is included in the Section 3.1)
6) Beyond the syllabus
The outcome of any program is to mould and nurture the student who can be an all rounder in all aspects be a successful engineer. This is possible if few additional instruments are added to bring the best of every student inherent intellectual talents. The following is
activities designed by the department to achieve the defined POs which in turn help to attain PEOs
a) Student Seminars
b) Guest Lectures
c) Industrial Visits
d) Adjunct courses
e) Workshops
f) Conferences
Student Seminars:
Seminars characteristically involve students and a member of the teaching staff. They provide an opportunity for active discussions on relevant topics. They make the students to develop transferable skills such as communication and team work. The topics on which the
given will be intimated to the students well in advance and their performance will be evaluated and finally the best seminar from the class will be selected and a “Certificate of Appreciation” will be given which will be an added value to their career. The evaluation s
seminar and list of student seminar for CAY is given in Annexure (Please refer Annexure)
Guest Lectures
In order to bridge the gap between the Institute and Industry, the department organizes Guest Lectures in every subject by eminent personalities who are in and around Hyderabad.
(Please refer Annexure for complete list for the CAY, CAYm1, CAYm2)
Industrial Visits
It is important for the students to keep themselves abreast of changes taking place in the industry. To meet this end, department regularly organizes Industrial visits. Few of them are shown below and detailed list is enclosed in the Annexure.
Workshops
To make efficient engineers is our goal and academic endeavor. With conventionally syllabi having limited practical exposure, our value-added workshops offer students to enhance their skills and add to their knowledge base without having to seek training off-campus. F
shown below and detailed list is enclosed in the Annexure.
1. Examinations are planned and announced before the commencement of the semester classes, evaluated answer scripts are returned within five days and week students are monitored and mentored. The same is informed to the parents. By this process the course outc
is monitored and intern achieves the PO.
2. Subject wise quizzes are organized and conducted among the students of the class.
3. Laboratory exams, mini projects and main projects contribute to the assessment of practical skills which reflect the ability of students to implement ideas and techniques.
4. Reports, oral presentation and viva-voce contribute to the assessment of overall communication skills and dissemination of ideas.
5. These assessments are carried out periodically and hence allow the faculty members to monitor and provide attention to the students who may not be attaining the PO’s to the required level.
6. This ensures that all students attain the minimum level of each programme outcomes.
List of Workshops:
Academic Year: 2014-15
1. Three days Workshop on “Embedded System Design: A Robot Application”
2. Two days Workshop on “Web Designing using HTML5 and Jquery”
3. Two days Workshop on “Android Application Development”
1. Two days workshop on “Wireless Communications and Simulation Tools”
2. Three days workshop on “Embedded System Design using Raspberry Pi”
3. Two days workshop on “Robot Design”
1. Two days workshop on “VLSI Design”
2. Three days workshop on “Embedded System Design using ARM 7”
3. Two days workshop on “MATLAB Programming”
List of Technical Fest:
1. One Day Technical Fest “Futuronics 2K13”, August, 2013.
2. One Day Technical Fest “Futuronics 2K14”, August, 2014.
3. One Day Technical Fest “Futuronics 2K15”, September, 2015.
List of Techno-Cultural Fest:
1. Two days Techno-Cultural Fest “Electrosurge – 2k12”
The following online links are made available to the students for their quick reference to prepare for the competitive exams and research work
VLSI
Introduction to VLSI systems, standford university course handouts lecture slides
http://www.stanford.edu/class/ee271/
Introduction to microelectronics videos from Berkeley university.
http://webcast.berkeley.edu/course_details.php?seriesid=1906978430
Advanced Analog Integrated Circuits Videos from Berkeley university
http://webcast.berkeley.edu/course_details.php?seriesid=1906978393
VHDL
Designers guide from DUOLOS
http://www.doulos.com/knowhow/vhdl_designers_guide/Detailed VHDL tutorial
http://www.vhdl-online.de/tutorial/Links to other links
Several links related to simulation, synthesis EDA tools and so many are given at
http://www.ee.ucla.edu/~hu/links.htm
FPGA Manufacturers
Xilinx :
http://www.xilinx.com/
Altera:
http://www.altera.com/
Actel:
http://www.actel.com/Lattice semiconductor: http://www.latticesemi.com/
ATMEL:
http://www.atmel.com/
Xilinx Resources
Xilinx :
http://www.xilinx.com/products/devboards/index.htm
IP cores:
http://www.xilinx.com/ipcenter/index.htm
Training:
http://www.xilinx.com/support/education-home.htm
Design tools:
http://www.xilinx.com/products/design_resources/design_tool/index.htm
University program:
http://www.xilinx.com/univ/index.htm
IP Reuse for FPGA Design Rapidly Unravel Internal and Third-Party IP from:
http://www.e-consultancy.com/knowledge/whitepapers/80334/ip-reuse-for-fpga-design-rapidly-unravel-internal-and-third--party-ip.html
FPGAs for Embedded systems
Various articles related to Embedded system design :
http://www.ganssle.com/articles.htm
Real time and embedded software design :
http://www.event helix.com/Real time Mantra/Basics/Basics of Embedded system design :
http://www.ece.cmu.edu/~koopman/iccd96/iccd96.html
Experience teaching in FPGA based Embedded system classes:
http://www1.cs.columbia.edu/~sedwards/presentations/2005-wese-emsys.pdf
For DDFS related information:
http://www.ddsanalysis.com/index.html
DDFS links:
http://www.hit.bme.hu/~papay/sci/DDS/products.htm
NPTEL VIDEO LECTURES ONLINE:
http://www.nptel.ac.in.html
LAB MANUALS:
The following faculty members have prepared the Lab Manuals as per the curriculum and are made available for the students.
COURSE FILES:
The following faculty members have prepared the Course Files as per the curriculum and are made available for the students.
I Semester:
II Semester:
UGC AUTONOMOUS SYLLABUS PREPARATION
The following faculty members have prepared the Syllabus for UGC Autonomous curriculum.
5.6 Faculty as participants in Faculty development/training activities/STTPs (15)
15.00
Max 5 Per Faculty

Name of the faculty
2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013
Dr. VSK Reddy 5.00 5.00 5.00
Prof. P. Sanjeeva Reddy 3.00 5.00 3.00
Dr. S. Srinivasa Rao 5.00 5.00 0.00
Dr. D.R.V.A Sharath Kumar 5.00 5.00 0.00
Mr. K.Murali Krishna 5.00 5.00 5.00
Mrs.B.Jyothi 5.00 5.00 5.00
K. Mallikarjuna Lingam 5.00 5.00 5.00
Mr. G. S.Naveen Kumar 3.00 5.00 5.00
Mr. V.Kiran Kumar 3.00 5.00 3.00
Mr. M. Ramanjaneyulu 5.00 5.00 0.00
Mrs.P.Anitha 5.00 5.00 5.00
Mrs.S.Aruna Kumari 3.00 5.00 3.00
Mr. M.Arun Kumar 3.00 5.00 3.00
Mr. M.Sreedhar Reddy 3.00 5.00 5.00
Mrs.P.Swetha 0.00 5.00 5.00
Ms. D.Asha 5.00 5.00 5.00
Mrs. M.Anusha 3.00 5.00 5.00
Mr. K.Suresh 3.00 5.00 5.00
Mrs. N. Saritha 3.00 0.00 3.00
Mr. T. Vinay Simha Reddy 5.00 5.00 0.00
Mr. K.D.K. Ajay 5.00 5.00 5.00
Mr. R.Chinnarao 3.00 5.00 5.00
Mrs. Renju Panicker 3.00 3.00 0.00
Mr. V. Shiva Raj Kumar 5.00 5.00 0.00
Mrs. K. Swathi 3.00 5.00 0.00
Mr. P.Raji Reddy 3.00 5.00 5.00
Mr. N. Venkateswara Reddy 3.00 0.00 0.00
Mr. CH. Kiran Kumar 5.00 0.00 0.00
Mrs. Tejaswe 3.00 0.00 0.00
Mr. T. Srinivas 3.00 0.00 0.00
Dr. MRK Murthy 0.00 0.00 3.00
Mr. Ch. Srinivasulu 3.00 0.00 0.00
Mr. R. Kiran 3.00 0.00 0.00
Ms. P. Subhashitha 0.00 0.00 5.00
Ms. M. Lavanya 0.00 3.00 5.00
Ms. R. Bhanu 0.00 0.00 5.00
Mr. T. Rajesh 0.00 0.00 3.00
Mr. Avinash Pusunuri 0.00 5.00 3.00
Mr. Sridhar Goud 0.00 5.00 3.00
Mr. N. Ramesh 3.00 0.00 0.00
Mrs.I. Pranitha 3.00 5.00 0.00
Mr. O. Saidulu Reddy 5.00 0.00 0.00
Mr.G. Shekar Babu 3.00 0.00 0.00
Mr. B. Srinivasa Rao 3.00 0.00 0.00
Mr. S.Babu Rao 0.00 5.00 3.00
Dr. Mittal 0.00 5.00 0.00
A. Mamatha 0.00 0.00 3.00
Sum 136.00 151.00 118.00
RF = Number of Faculty required to comply with 15:1 Student

43.20 33.60 28.80
Faculty Ratioas per 5.1
Assessment [3*(Sum / 0.5RF)] 18.89 26.96 24.58
Average assessment over 3 years: 23.48
5.7 Research and Development (30)
5.7.1 Academic Research (10) 7.00

Academic research includes research paper publications, Ph.D. guidance, and faculty receiving Ph.D. during the assessment period.
• Number of quality publications in refereed/ SCI Journals, citations, Books/ Book Chapters etc.(6)
• Ph.D. guided / Ph.D. awarded during the assessment period while working in the institute(4)
All relevant details shall be mentioned.
ACADEMIC YEAR: 2014-15
National/
Sl No Name Title Year Details
International
Novel two-layer
Journal of Electronics (China), Springer
International motion estimation for 2014
publications, Vol.31 No.4, August 2014
video coding
multi-layer reference Signal Image and Video Processing, Springer

International frame motion estimation 2014 publications, August 2014, DOI
for video coding 10.1007/s11760-014-0670-3
An efficient multi-layer
J Real-Time Image Proc., Springer
reference frame motion
International 2014 publications, June 2014, DOI
estimation for video
10.1007/s11554-014-0431-0
coding
Content Based International Journal of Engineering and

International VideoRetrieval System 2014 Science Research (IJESR), e-ISSN 2277-
Using Multiple Features 2685; p-ISSN 2320–9763, Oct 2014
Springer International Publishing Switzerland

Detection of Black
2015, Emerging ICT for Bridging the Future
Hole Attack Using
International 2015 − Volume 2, Advances in Intelligent Systems
Code Division Security
and Computing 338, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-
Method
319-13731-5_34
Hybrid DWT-DCT IOSR Journal of Electronics and

Algorithm for Digital Communication & Engineering (IOSR –
Image Watermarking JECE), e-ISSN: 2278-2834,p- ISSN: 2278-
International 2014
1. Dr. VSK and Compression 8735.Volume 9, Issue 6, Ver. V (Nov - Dec.
Reddy Applications 2014), PP 27-33, DOI: 10.9790/2834-
09652733
A Novel Joint Data

Hiding and
Volume 3, Issue 9, IJRAET, ISSN: 2347-
International Compression Scheme 2014
2812, Impact Factor: 1.53, pp 31-37
Based on SMVQ and
Image in painting
Features Extraction and International Journal on Computing,

Selection Based on Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International 2015
Rough Set in Shot ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
Detection 2015)
“Features Extraction International Journal of Innovative Research in

and Selection Based on Advanced Engineering (IJIRAE), (ISSN:
International 2015
Rough Set in Shot 2349-2163) Volume-2, Issue-01, January,
Detection”, 2015
International Journal for Research &

“Back-Bone Assisted
Development (IJSRD), ISSN: 2321-0613,
International HOP Greedy Routing 2014
Vol. 2, Issue 09, November 2014, Pages 20-
for VANET”,
23
“Multiple Feature International Journal on Computing,

Based CBVR System Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International 2015
Using LBP and SAD ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
Methods”, 2015)
International Journal on Computing,

Image Change Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International 2015
Detection using UDWT ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
2015).
International Journal of Research in

Transmission of Secret
Electronics & Communication Engineering
International Data through Video 2014
(IJRECE), ISSN: 2321-5593, Vol-2, Issue-
using Cryptography
5, Sep-Oct,2014
Prof. P.
2. Sanjeeva
Reddy Design and
International Journal of Scientific Engineering
Implementation of
and Technology Research (IJETR), ISSN
International DGFSK Demodulator 2014
2319-8885, Vol.03, Issue.31, October-
for MIMO-OFDM
2014, Pages: 6134-6136.
System
International Conference on Communications,
International Image Change 2014 Signal Processing, Computing and Information
Detection using UDWT Technologies (ICCSPCIT-2014), ISBN:
978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Analysis of Spectrum
Sensing Algorithms For
Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International Improvement of 2015
ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
Performance in
2015).
Cognitive Radio

Significance of
International Vocoders in Mobile 2015
Communication
2015).
Design and Simulation

of Cordic Co-
International Processor in Xilinx 2015
Vertex-4 and It’s
2015).
Application In Avionics
Improved Security
International Journal of Engineering & Science
Copy Right Protection
International 2014 Research (IJESR), ISSN 2277-2685, Vol-4,
by Watermarking
Issue-10, October 2014.
Technique using FPGA
Improvement of
International Research Journal Sustainable
Sensing Capacity in
International 2014 Science Engineering (IRJSSE), Volume 2,
Femto Cells using
Issue 2, Feb 2014, ISSN: 2347- 6176
NLM
Low Power Area

Efficient Dynamic Quad International Conference on Electrical,
Dr. S.
3. Srinivasa International PCM Codec with Filter 2015 Electronics, Signals, Communications and
Rao for Communication Optimization (EESCO)-2015.
Applications
Design and Simulation

of Cordic Co-
Signal Processing, Computing and Information
International Processor in Xilinx 2014
Technologies (ICCSPCIT-2014), ISBN:
Vertex-4 and It’s
978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Application In Avionics

Significance of Signal Processing, Computing and Information
International Vocoders in Mobile 2014 Technologies (ICCSPCIT-2014), ISBN:
Communication 978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Analysis of Spectrum
Sensing Algorithms For
International Improvement of 2014
Performance in
978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Cognitive Radio
National Conference on RF Wireless

FPGA Implementation
Communication & Signal Processing
National of QPSK Modulator 2014
(NCRFWCSP 2014), November 17-18,
for SDR
2014
National Conference on RF Wireless

NLM for Improvement
Communication & Signal Processing
National of Sensing Capability in 2014
(NCRFWCSP 2014), November 17-18,
Femtocells
2014.

Dual Mode Logic
International Based on Sub 2015
Threshold
2015).
Low Complexity Out- International Journal of Engineering Research

International of-Order Issue Logic 2015 and Applications (IJERA) ISSN: 2248-9622,
Using Static Circuits 09th & 10th January 2015, PP 09-14
Design of Multiplier
Dr D. R. V.
and Divider Using International Journal for Research in Applied
A. Sharath Reversible Logic Gates Science and Engineering Technology
4. Kumar International 2014
with Vedic (IJRASET), ISSN: 2321-9653, Volume II,
Mathematical Issue IX, September 2014, Pages 178-187.
Approach
Low Complexity Out- National Conference on Developments,

National of-Order Issue Logic 2015 Advances & Trends in Engineering Sciences
Using Static Circuits (NCDATES- 09th & 10th January 2015).

Dual Mode Logic
International Based on Sub 2014
Threshold
978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Reversible Medical International Journal of Advanced Technology

Image Watermarking in Engineering and Science (IJATES), ISSN
International
Technique using 2348-7550, Volume 02, Issue 01, September
Dr.M.L.
Histogram Shifting 2014,PP 545-552
Mittal
5.
Reversible Medical
Image Watermarking International Conference on Emerging Trends
International Technique using in Science and Cutting Edge Technology
Histogram Shifting (ICETSCET-2014), September 2014.
A New Video
K. Murali International Journal of Scientific Engineering
Compression Method
Krishna and Technology Research (IJSETR), ISSN
6. International using DCT Coefficients 2014
2319-8885, Vol.03, Issue.30, October-
Based on Accordion
2014, Pages: 6045-6050.
Representation
A Comparative Study
of Various Moment
International Based Shape 2015
Descriptors For
2015).
Efficient CBMIR
Face Detection using International Journal of Engineering & Science

International Active Appearance 2014 Research (IJESR), ISSN 2277-2685, Vol-4,
Model Issue-9, September 2014, PP 499-503.
Tracking Deformable International Journal of Scientific Engineering

Active Contour Model and Technology Research (IJSETR), ISSN
International 2014
by Morphological 2319-8885, Vol-03, Issue-26, September
Technique 2014, PP 5227-5230.
Region Based International Journal of Engineering trends and

Classification Algorithm Technology (IJETT), ISSN 2231-5381,
International 2014
for Medical Image Volume 15 Number 3, Sep 2014,PP 141-
Databases 144
7. B.Jyothi
Region Based Texture DRDO Sponsored 2th IEEE International

Descriptor for Content Conference on Innovation, Embedded and
International Based Medical Image 2015 Communication System.(ICIIECS-
Retrieval Using Second 2015), ISBN: 978-1-4799-6816-9, 19th and
Order Moments 20th March 2015.
IEEE Sponsored 9th International Conference

An Effective Multiple on Intelligent Systems and Controls (ISCO’
Visual Features for 15), ISBN: 978-93-83038-27-5, 9th and
International 2015
Content Based Medical 10th January 2015.
Image Retrieval
A Comparative Study
of Various Moment International Conference on Communications,
Based Shape Signal Processing, Computing and Information
International Descriptors For 2014 Technologies (ICCSPCIT-2014), ISBN:
Efficient CBMIR 978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Image Classification International Journal on Computing,

using Multiscale Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International 2015
Information Based on ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
Diffusion Filtering 2015).
K. Human Motion International Journal of VLSI System Design

Mallikarjuna Detection Based on and Communication Systems (IJVDCS),
8. Lingam International 2014
Background ISSN 2322-0929, Vol.02, Issue.09,
Subtraction November-2014, Pages: 0812-0816
Image Classification International Conference on Communications,

using Multiscale Signal Processing, Computing and Information
International 2014
Information Based on Technologies (ICCSPCIT-2014), ISBN:
Diffusion Filtering 978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.

V. Kiran Image Change Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
9. International 2015
Kumar Detection using UDWT ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
2015).
Features Extraction and International Journal on Computing,

Selection Based on Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International 2015
Rough Set in Shot ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
Detection 2015).
Features Extraction and International Journal of Innovative Research in

Selection Based on Advanced Engineering (IJIRAE), (ISSN:
International 2015
Rough Set in Shot 2349-2163) Volume-2, Issue-01, January,
Detection 2015
Biometric Approach to International Journal of Scientific Engineering

Facial Signature and Technology Research (IJSETR),Vol.03,
International 2014
Authentication using Issue-26, September 2014, ISSN: 2319-
G. S. Thermal Imaging 8885, PP 5165-5171. Impact Factor: 3.59.
Naveen
10. Kumar
Gender Classification International Journal of Research in
based on textural Electronics & Communications Engineering
International 2014
analysis and machine (IJRECE), Vol–2, Issue-5, Sep -Oct, 2014,
learning Approach ISSN: 2321-5593, PP 513-518.
A New Method for International Journal of Advanced Technology

Human Intestinal and Innovative Research (IJATIR), Vol.06,
International Parasites Detection and 2014 Issue.08, October 2014, ISSN 2348-
Classification from 2370,PP 737-740. Impact factor 2.124.
Microscopy Images
International Conference on Photonics, VLSI

Image hiding in a
& Signal Processing 2014, Elsevier
International Video-based on DWT 2014
Publications, ISBN: 9789351072287, pp 7-
& LSB Algorithm
12
An NBTI Aware
Architecture for the
International Journal of Modern Sciences and
Humming Bird
Engineering Technology (IJMSET), ISSN
International Cryptography 2015
2349-3755; Volume 2, Issue 3, 2015, pp.84-
Algorithm Employing
92.
Multiple Threshold
Voltage NCL gates
P. Anitha
11.
A Proposed
Architecture for BISR
of the Humming Bird
International Journal of Advanced science,
Cryptography
International 2015 Engineering and Technology, March 2015
Algorithm Employing
Issue, BI, International Journals.
Multiple Threshold
Voltage NCL gates
on a NOC
Estimated Power Delay

International Journal of Advanced Technology
Profile with Wiener
in Engineering and Science (IJATES), ISSN
International Filter Algorithm for 2014
2348-7550, Volume.No.02, Special Issue
M. MIMO-OFDM
No. 01, September 2014, Pages 418-.426.
Sreedhar Systems
12. Reddy
International Journal of Engineering Science &

Content-Based Retinal
Advanced Technology (IJESAT), ISSN
International Image Retrieval Based 2014
2250-3676, Volume-4, Issue-4, Jul- Aug
on Wavelet Transform
2014, Pages 340-344.
Optimization of
M. Anusha Microcode Built-in Self
13. International Test and Repair using 2015
Redundancy Logic For
2015).
Embedded Memory
Optimization of
Microcode Built-in Self
International Test and Repair using 2015
2015).
Embedded Memory
Cryptography
M.Arun Algorithm based on International Journal of Science and Research
14. Kumar International DES and RSA in 2014 (IJSR), ISSN 2319-7064, Volume 3, Issue
Bluetiith 12, December 2014,PP 1848-1852
Communication
Optimization of
Microcode Built-in Self
International Test and Repair using 2014
978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Embedded Memory

International 2015
Adaptive Bit
Interleaved Coded International Journal of Advanced Technology
Modulation for Mobile in Engineering and Science (IJATES), ISSN
International 2014
Radio OFDM Systems 2348-7550, Volume 02, Issue 01, September
by using Rician Fading 2014,PP 208-217.
Channel
S. Aruna Comparison of SLM & International Journal of Advanced Technology

Kumari PTS Techniques for in Engineering and Science (IJATES), ISSN
Reducing PAPR in 2348-7550, Volume 02, Issue 01, September
OFDM 2014,PP 409-417.
Adaptive Bit
Interleaved Coded
International Conference on Emerging Trends
Modulation for Mobile
International 2014 in Science and Cutting Edge Technology
Radio OFDM Systems
(ICETSCET-2014), September 2014.
by using Rician Fading
Channel
Comparison of SLM &

International Conference on Emerging Trends
PTS Techniques for
International 2014 in Science and Cutting Edge Technology
Reducing PAPR in
(ICETSCET-2014), September 2014.
OFDM
Multiple Feature Based International Journal on Computing,

CBVR System Using Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International 2015
LBP and SAD ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
Methods 2015).
Active Visual International Journal of Engineering & Science
International Segmentation using 2014 Research (IJESR), ISSN 2277-2685, Vol-4,
Multiple Fixation Issue-10, October 2014, Pages 672-676.
Content Based Video International Journal of Engineering & Science

D.Asha International Retrieval System using 2014 Research (IJESR), ISSN 2277-2685, Vol-4,
16. Multiple Features Issue-10, October 2014, Pages 771-776
International Journal for Research &

Back-Bone Assisted
Development (IJSRD), ISSN: 2321-0613,
International HOP Greedy Routing 2014
Vol. 2, Issue 09, November 2014, Pages 20-
for VANET
23

Content Based Video Signal Processing, Computing and Information
International Retrieval System using 2014 Technologies (ICCSPCIT-2014), ISBN:
Multiple Features 978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
FPGA Implementation International Conference on Current

K.Suresh of Fault Tolerant Innovations in Engineering and Technology”,
Embedded RAM using ISBN:378-26-138420-5, Page number:24 to
BISR Technique 27.
International Journal of Electrical and

Image Enhancement
Electronics Engineers (IJEEE), ISSN 2321-
International based on Color 2014
2055, Volume 06, Issue 02, July-Dec 2014,
Restoration Technique
P.Swetha Pages 92-96.
18.
Image Enhancement International Conference on Emerging Trends

International based on Color 2014 in Science and Cutting Edge Technology
Restoration Technique (ICETSCET-2014), September 2014.
Low Complexity Out- International Journal of Engineering Research

International of-Order Issue Logic 2015 and Applications (IJERA) ISSN: 2248-9622,
Raji Reddy Using Static Circuits 09th & 10th January 2015, PP 09-14.
Pathuri
19.
Low Complexity Out- National Conference on Developments,
National of-Order Issue Logic 2015 Advances & Trends in Engineering Sciences
Using Static Circuits (NCDATES- 09th & 10th January 2015).

N.Saritha
International Significance of 2015 Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
Vocoders in Mobile ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
R.Chinna Communication 2015).
21. Rao

Significance of
International Vocoders in Mobile 2014
Communication
978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Asynchronous Data
Transactions on SOC
using FIFO Between
International Advanced Extensible 2015
Interface 4.0 and
2015).
Advanced Peripheral
Bus 4.0
Asynchronous Data
T. Transactions on SOC
Vinaysimha using FIFO Between
22. Reddy International Advanced Extensible 2014
Interface 4.0 and
978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014
Advanced Peripheral
Bus 4.0
Asynchronous Data
Transactions on SoC
using FIFO between International Conference on Current
International Advanced Extensible 2014 Innovations in Engineering and Technology
Interface 4.0 and (ICCIET-2014), September 2014.
Advanced Peripheral
Bus 4.0

Image Change Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International 2015
Detection using UDWT ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
Renju 2015).
23. Panicker

Image Change Signal Processing, Computing and Information
International 2014
Detection using UDWT Technologies (ICCSPCIT-2014), ISBN:
978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
Multiple Feature Based International Journal on Computing,

CBVR System Using Communications and Systems (IJCCS),
International LBP and SAD 2015 ISSN: 2277-6699 Vol-4, Issue-1 (February-
Methods 2015).
Content Based Video International Journal of Engineering & Science
M. Lavanya International Retrieval System using 2014 Research (IJESR), ISSN 2277-2685, Vol-4,
24. Multiple Features Issue-10, October 2014, Pages 771-776

Content Based Video Signal Processing, Computing and Information
International Retrieval System using 2014
Multiple Features 978-93-83038-27-5, December 2014.
National/
International
Two-layer motion estimation IET-Electronics Letters , Vol.50,

International 2014
algorithm for video coding no.4, pp.276,278, February 2014
A Novel Fast Search Motion Multimedia Tools and Applications,

International Estimation Boosted by 2014 Springer publications, (Accepted for
Multilayer Concept publication)
Simulation Studies of Silica

and High K Oxide contained International Journal of Engineering
International MOS circuits (45nm, 32nm 2014 and Manufacturing (Accepted)
and 22nm) for Power ISSN: 2306-5982
Dissipation Reduction
Synthesis of La2O3
International Journal of Education
nanoparticles by Pechini
International 2014 and Applied Research, (Accepted)
method for future CMOS
ISSN: 2348-0033
applications
Electro deposition of nano

Association for advancement of
la2o3 on p-type si wafer and
International 2014 modelling & simulation technique
electrical characterization for
enterprises AMSE JOURNAL.
future CMOS applications
Synthesis characterization of
Advances in Sciences, Engineering
Nano lanthanum aluminate
International 2014 and Medicine (American scientific
and simulation of nano metal
publishers) Vol 6, pages 1–7, 2014
oxide semiconductor
Comparison of Band
Diagrams and other Journal of Advanced Research
International parameters obtained by 2014
(Elsevier)
simulation analyses of the
MOS devices
Dr. VSK Simulation of Band diagrams

1.
Reddy and Synthesis,
Super lattices and Microstructures
International Characterization of nano 2014
(Elsevier)
lanthana for MOS Capacitor
Application
Simulation of current density

Journal of Nanotechnology and its
of oxide layer materials &
International synthesis, characterization of 2014 Applications
nano lanthanum aluminate and
its dielectric analysis
on Signal, Image and Video

Efficient optimal and Processing, Springer Publications,
International suboptimal motion estimation 2013 SIViP DOI 10.1007/s11760-013-
algorithms 0562-y, Vol.7, Issue.5, September
2013, ISSN: ISSN 1863-1703
Location Aware and Energy

Efficient Routing Protocol for Int. J. Networking and Virtual
International Long Distance MANETs 2014 Organisations, Vol. 13, No. 4,
2014, IJNVO-64611.
IOSR Journal of Electronics and

Energy saving in cooperative
Communication Engineering (IOSR-
transmission using
International 2013 JECE), e-ISSN: 2278-2834,p-
opportunistic protocol in
ISSN: 2278-8735. Volume 7, Issue
MANET
1 (Jul. - Aug. 2013), pp 42-51.
International Journal of Electronics,

Analysis of Cooperative
Communication & Instrumentation
Transmission Using Modified Engineering Research and
International Routing Protocol in Manet 2014 Development (IJECIERD) ISSN(P):
with Channel Variation 2249-684X; ISSN(E): 2249-7951,
Vol. 4, Issue 1, Feb 2014, pp.67-
86.
International Journal of Engineering

DWT and LSB Algorithm Science & Advanced Technology,
International based Image Hiding in a 2013 ISSN: 2250- 3676, Volume -3,
Video Issue-4, Aug-Sep 2013, pp. 170-
175.
International Journal of Computing,
International Integrating Shape and Motion 2013 communications and Systems
Features for Video Retrieval (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699,
Volume 1, No. 2, November 2013
Prof. P.
International journal for Scientific
2. Sanjeeva Intelligent Parking Space
Research & Development, ISSN
Reddy International Detection System Based on 2013
(online): 2321-0613, volume-1,
Image Segmentation
Issue-6, Aug 2013
An Efficient Resource International journal for Scientific

Utilization Scheme for Video Research & Development, ISSN
International 2013
Transmission over Wireless (online): 2321-0613, volume-1,
Sensor Networks Issue-6, Aug 2013

High quality high capacity
communications and Systems
International Robust DWT based 2013
(IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699,
Steganography
International Research Journal

Improvement of Sensing
Sustainable Science Engineering
International Capacity in Femto Cells using 2014
(IRJSSE), Volume 2, Issue 2, Feb
NLM
Dr. S. Srinivasa 2014, ISSN: 2347- 6176
3. Rao
Autonomous Mobile Platform International Conference on

II with Artificial Intelligence Electrical, Electronics and Computer
International 2013
using Digital compass and Science, ISBN: 978-93-81693-88-
GPS 5, 6th Jan, 2013, Hyderabad.

Computer Engineering and
Migration for Secure Data
International 2014 Electronics (IJRCEE), ISSN 2319-
Acquisition Systems
376X, Vol:3, Issue:2 March-April
2014, Pages 1-6
Dr D. R. V. A. International Journal of Emerging

Sharath Kumar Technology and Advanced
4. A Proposed Technique or
Engineering (IJETAE), ISSN 2250-
International Migration to IPV6 for a 2014
2459, Volume 4, Issue 4, April
secure SCADA Architecture
2014 on in the month of April
2014, pages 128-133.
Advanced Image Restoration International Journal

International for Headway Video 2013 (IJSRCSAMS), volume 2 issue 6 in
Recorders the month of December 2013.
Dr.M.L. Mittal, Improvement of Satellite International Journal of Engineering
5. International Image Resolution Using 2013 Research & Technology (IJERT),
Discrete Wavelet Transform ISSN:2278-0181, Vol. 2
Issue0,October-2013.
An Efficient Resource International journal on computing

Utilization Scheme For Video Communication and Systems
International 2013
Transmission Over Wireless (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699,
Sensor networks Volume 2, No. 1, November 2013.
K. Murali
6.
Krishna
An Efficient Resource International Journal for Scientific
Utilization Scheme for Video Research & Development (IJSRD),
International 2013
Transmission Over Wireless ISSN (online): 2321-0613, Vol. 1,
Sensor networks Issue 3, August, 2013.
International Journal of Application

or Innovation in Engineering &
Medical Image Retrieval
International 2013 Management (IJAIEM) Volume 2,
Using Moments
Issue 1, January 2013, ISSN 2319
– 4847
International Conference on
Systemics, Cybernetics and
B.Jyothi CBMIR based on Integrated
Informatics (ICSCI-2014), Under
7. International SOFM and Clustering 2014
the aegis of Pentagram Research
Multiple Features
Center, India, February 03-06,
2014.
CBMIR Based on Integrated Sustemics, Sybernetics and
International SOFM and Clustering 2014 informatics Feb, 2014 at Hyderabad
Multiple Features published by the Pentagram
Research Center(P) Limited
An Efficient compound International Journal of Engineering

International compression by Exploiting 2013 Science & Advanced Technology
Spatial Correlation (IJESAT), Vol-3,PP 126-130,2013

An Efficient compound
Communications and Systems
International compression by Exploiting 2013
K. Mallikarjuna (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699.Vol-1,
8. Spatial Correlation
Lingam Issue-1, November 2013
National Conference on Signal

DWT and LSB Algorithm Processing and communication-
National Based Image Hiding in a 2014 System Design (SPCOM-SD),
Video January 3-4,2014, page 87 to page
90

Dwt and LSB Algorithm Science & Advanced Technology,
International Based Image Hiding in a 2013 ISSN: 2250- 3676, Volume -3,
Video Issue-4, Aug-Sep 2013, pp. 170-
175.

International 2013
Sensor Networks Issue-6, Aug 2013.

Integrating Shape and Motion communications and Systems
International 2013
International journal for Scientific

Intelligent Parking Space
Research & Development, ISSN
International Detection System Based on 2013
G. S. Naveen (online): 2321-0613, volume-1,
9. Image Segmentation
Kumar Issue-6, Aug 2013
International conference on
Navigational Systems and Signal
Content Based Video
Processing applications (NSSP-
International Retrieval by Integrating 2013
2013), In Technical cooperation
Shape and Motion features
with IEEE, Hyderabad Section. Dec
2013.
Scale Invariant Feature National Conference Signal

Transform Algorithm for Shot Processing and Communications-
National 2014
Boundary Detection and System Design, January 03-04
Keyframe Extraction 2014, Secunderabad

Video Retrieval based on Processing and communication-
National Combining Features of Shape 2014 System Design” SPCOM-SD,
and Motion Trajectory January 3-4,2014, page 126 to
page 129.
International Research Journal

Improvement of Sensing
M. Sustainable Science Engineering
10. International Capacity in Femto Cells using 2014
Ramanjaneyulu (IRJSSE), Volume 2, Issue 2, Feb
NLM
2014, ISSN: 2347- 6176

A Novel Pragmatic RRW
International Framework to Resist on 2013 (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699.Vol-2,
Unintentional Attacks Issue-1, November 2013
11. P. Anitha
A Novel Pragmatic RRW Science & Advanced technology
International Framework to Resist on 2013 (IJESAT), ISSN 2250-3676.Vol-3,
Unintentional Attacks Issue-3, November 2013, pages
122-125
Efficient Video Coding International Journal of Innovative

International Algorithm for Real Time 2013 Technologies (IJIT), Vol 01, Issue
Applications 02, Sep 2013.
Single Image Super

International journal of Science &
Resolution Image
Engineering Research, ISSN 2229-
International Reconstruction with 2013
5518, Volume 4, Issue 9,
Morphological Regularization
September-2013
Parameters
M. Sreedhar
12.
Reddy International Journal on Computing,
Efficient Video Coding
International Algorithm for Real Time 2013
(IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699.Vol-2,
Applications
Issue-1, November 2013
Single Image Super

Resolution Image
NCACEE 2013 (ISBN 978 93
National Reconstruction with 2013
83038 077).
Morphological Regularization
Parameters

MIMO-OFDM Using Power
M. Anusha Science & Advanced technology
Allocation in Water filling
13. International 2013 (IJESAT), ISSN 2250-
Algorithm Based on SVD
3676.Volume-3, Issue-5, Sep-Oct
Process
2013, pages 197-204.
Image and Video Quality International Journal of Engineering

Assessment with Blinds II Science and Innovative Technology
International 2013
Algorithm using NSS (IJESIT), ISSN: 2319-5967,
Approach in DCT Domain Volume 2, issue 5, September 2013
Image and Video Quality International Journal on Computing,

S. Aruna Assessment With Blinds II Communications and Systems
Kumari Algorithm Using NSS (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699.Vol-2,
Approach In DCT Domain Issue-1, November 2013.
Image and Video Quality

Assessment with Blinds II NCACEE 2013 (ISBN 978 93
National Algorithm Using NSS 2013 83038 077).
Approach In DCT Domain
International Journal of Electronics

Robust Video Object and Computer Science Engineering
International Segmentation Algorithm for 2013 (IJECSE) ISSN 2277-1956, Vol-2,
Complex Outdoor Conditions Issue-4, October 2013, page 1236
to page 1240
D.Asha
15.
Content based Video Processing and communication-
National Retrieval System using Color 2014 System Design” SPCOM-SD,
Strings Comparison January 3-4,2014, page 83 to page
86
International Journal on Computing

K.Suresh A New Approach for Video
16. International Encryption and Description 2013
using Chaotic Algorithm

Integrating Shape and Motion communications and Systems
17. R.Chinna Rao International 2013
Volume 1, No. 2, November 2013.

Computer Engineering and
Migration for Secure Data
International 2014 Electronics (IJRCEE), ISSN 2319-
Acquisition Systems
2014, Pages 1-6
M. Sridhar
Goud International Journal of Emerging
18.
Technology and Advanced
Engineering (IJETAE), ISSN 2250-
A Proposed Technique or
International Migration to IPV6 for a 2014 2459, Volume 4, Issue 4, April
secure SCADA Architecture 2014 on in the month of April 2014,
pages 128-133.

V. Shivaraj Computer Engineering and
kumar Migration for Secure Data
19. International 2014 Electronics (IJRCEE), ISSN 2319-
Acquisition Systems
2014, Pages 1-6
An Efficient Resource International journal on computing
International Utilization Scheme For Video 2013 Communication and Systems
Transmission Over Wireless (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699,
K. Swathi
20. Sensor networks Volume 2, No. 1, November 2013.

International 2013
Sensor Networks Issue-6, Aug 2013.
National/
International
An Optimal Fast Full Search

International Journal of Computer
Motion Estimation and
International 2012 Applications, Vol.57, No.3, pp. 33-
Suboptimal Motion
40, Nov. 2012.
Estimation Algorithms
Analysis of modified “International Journal of Computer

Cooperative Transmission Science (IJCS), March 2013,
International Routing Protocol in Manet 2013
Volume-10,No.2, ISSN 1694-
0784.
International Journal of Computer

Analysis of Cooperative
Science (IJCS), October-December,
International Transmission Routing 2012
2012, Volume-2,No.4, pp.17-21,
Protocol in Manet
ISSN 2277-212X

Dr. VSK International 2013 Management (IJAIEM), Volume.2,
1. using Moments
Reddy No.1, January 2013, ISSN: 2319-
4847
An Optimal Fast Full Search International Journal of Computer

Motion Estimation and Applications, Vol.57, Issue.3,
International 2012
Suboptimal Motion November 2012, ISSN: ISSN
Estimation Algorithms 0978-8887.
International Journal of Image and

Two – Layer Motion
Vision Processing and Display
International Estimation Algorithm for 2013
Technology, Doc:{EL}ISSUE/50-
Video Coding”
4/Pagination/El20134023.3d.
Comparison of Atomic Level International Journal Of Nano- And
Simulation Studies of Electronic Physics, Vol. 5 No 4,
International MOSFETs Containing Silica 2013 04058(3pp), 2013 Sumy State
and Lantana Nanooxide University, 2077-
Layers 6772/2013/5(4)04058(3)
Prof. P. International Conference on

Sanjeeva Scale Invariant Feature Computing, Communications
2. Reddy International Transform Algorithm for 2012 Systems and Aeronautics
Video Retrieval (ICCCSA-12), 30-31 March 2012,
ISBN 978-81-921580-8-2
K. Murali An Efficient Fast Full Search International Journal on Computing,

Krishna Motion Estimation Algorithm Communications and Systems
for Multiple Reference (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699.Vol-1,
Frames Issue-1, November 2012
International Journal on Biomedical

Medical mage Retrieval
International 2012 Signal Processing (IJBSP), 3(2),
Using LLBP
2012, pp. 19-23

International 2013 Management (IJAIEM) Volume 2,
Using Moments
Issue 1, January 2013, ISSN 2319 –
4847

B.Jyothi Efficient Medical Image
4. retrieval using Correlation
International 2012 (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699.Vol-1,
Coefficient wavelet
Issue-1, November 2012, page
Transform
number 41 to page 44.
Satellite Image Resolution International Journal of Engineering

Enhancement Using DWT Research & Technology (IJERT),
International 2013
And Contrast Enhancement ISSN: 2278-0181, Vol. 2 Issue 5,
Using SVD May – 2013
medical image retrieval using Global Journal of Advanced

International multiple features and 2012 Engineering Technologies, vol1-
clustering technique issue3-2012 ISSN: 2277-6370.
V. Kiran Satellite Image Resolution International Journal of Engineering

Kumar Enhancement Using DWT Research & Technology (IJERT),
And Contrast Enhancement ISSN: 2278-0181, Vol. 2 Issue 5,
Using SVD May – 2013
Content Based video International Journal of Computing,
Retrieval Based on color communications and Systems
International 2012
feature (IJCCS), Vol.1, Issue.1, March
2012, ISSN: 2277-6699
G. S. Naveen
6.
Kumar
Scale Invariant Feature Computing, Communications
International Transform Algorithm for 2012 Systems and Aeronautics
Video Retrieval (ICCCSA-12), 30-31 March 2012,
ISBN 978-81-921580-8-2

A Proposed Technique for
International Migration to IPV6 for a 2012
Secure SCADA Architecture
P. Anitha
7.
National Conference on Computing
A Proposed Technique for
Vision and Image Processing–
National Migration to IPV6 for a 2012
Secure SCADA Architecture (CVIP’12), 17th and 18th
December 2012
Implementation of Dynamic
System Approach for Radio
M. Anusha Location Finger Printing in
International Journal for computer
8. International Implementation of Dynamic 2012
applications,2012
System Approach for Radio
Location Finger Printing in
WLANS
International Jr. on Computing,

and Implementation of Hard-
(IJCCS-March-2012), Vol. I,
International Decision VITERBI 2012
Number I, pp 30-33, March, 2012,
DECODER
MRCET, Hyderabad, Andhra
Pradesh, India.
9. M.Arun Kumar
Commutating, Communication,
Multi Objective Optimization
System and Aeronautics (ICCCSA),
International Pre-DFT Coded-SOMO 2012
ISBN:978-81-921580-8-2,Page
OFDM
number:16 to 20, 30th -March
2012.

Video Watermarking Based Communications and Systems
International on DWT and Scene Change 2012 (IJCCS), ISSN 2277-6699.Vol-2,
Color Histogram Method Issue-1, November 2012, page 33
to page 36
10. D.Asha

Extraction of Respiratory Engineering and Technology
International Rate from PPG Signals using 2012 (IJRET), ISSN 2319-1163.Vol-1,
PCA and EMD Issue-2, October 2012, page 164
to page 184
K.Suresh Multi Objective Optimization Commutating, Communication,
11. International Pre-DFT Coded-SOMO 2012 System and Aeronautics ISBN:978-
OFDM 81-921580-8-2,Page number:16 to
20, 30th -March 2012
K.D.K.Ajay Object Based Video Commutating, Communication,
12. International Retrieval Using SIFT 2012 System and Aeronautics ISBN:978-
algorithm 81-921580-8-2,Page number:16 to
20, 30th -March 2012
Intl Conf on Communicating

Communication System and
Multi objective Optimization
Aeronautics (ICCCSA-Mar-2012),
13. R.Chinna Rao International Per-DFT coded SOMO 2012
ISBN:978-81-921580-8-2, pp 16-
OFDM
20, 30th March 2012, , MRCET,
Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh, India.
CITATIONS
VSK Reddy
·Relevance Feed Back Content Based Image Retrieval Using Multiple Features B Jyothi, YM Latha, VSK Reddy - … Intelligence and Computing Research (ICCIC), 2010 …, 2010
Cited by:-
[1].Content Based Image Retrieval using combined features of shape, color and relevance feedback
Y Mussarat, S Muhammad, M Sajjad… - KSII Transactions on …, 2013 - researchgate.net
[2].Intelligent image retrieval techniques: a survey
M Yasmin, S Mohsin, M Sharif - Journal of applied research and …, 2014 - Elsevier
[3].CBIR using Relevance Feedback Retrieval System
S Vaishnavi - Digital Image Processing, 2012 - ciitresearch.org
[4].CBIR using Texels of colour Fuzzy Textons
S Putheti, SR Edara, SA Edara - Hybrid Intelligent Systems (HIS …, 2012 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[5].Relevance Feedback for Content Based Image Retrieval Based On Multitexton Histogram and Microstructure Descriptor
TV Gopal, MR Krishna - researchgate.net
[6].An Adaptive Calibration Circuit for Ultrasonic Flow Sensor using Optimized ANN
KV Santhosh, BK Roy - … and Emerging Trends in Computer and …, 2013 - tantrik-astrologer.in
[7].Content Based Video Retrieval Using Integrated Feature Extraction
MP Chivadshetti, MK Sadafale, MK Thakare - spvryan.org
[8]. A NOVEL APPROACH TO OPTIMIZE RELEVANCE FEEDBACK IN CBIR VIA INTEGRATING MSD AND FRB FUNCTION NETWORK
KD RAMAIAH, DRP SAMMULAL - researchgate.net
[9].F-Norm based Color Image Retrieval with Selective Relevance Feedback
J Khanapuri - International Journal of Computer Applications, 2013 - search.proquest.com
[10].A Novel Approach to Reduce Semantic Gap in CBIR Using Relevance Feedback: Based on Integration of MSD and MTH Descriptors
TV Gopal, GA Kumar, PP Rani - Recent and Emerging Trends in …, 2013 - researchgate.net
Content based color image retrieval via wavelet transforms MY Latha, BC Jinaga, VSK Reddy - International Journal of Computer Science and …, 2007
Cited by:-
[1].Classification of magnetic resonance images
K Trojacanec, G Madzarov, D Gjorgjevikj… - … Interfaces (ITI), 2010 …, 2010 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[2].Comparison of Classification Techniques Applied to Magnetic Resonance Images
K Trojacanec, I Kitanovski… - Proceedings of the 7th …, 2010 - ciit.finki.ukim.mk
[3].Hierarchical classification architectures applied to Magnetic Resonance Images
K Trojacanec, G Madjarov, S Loskovska… - … (ITI), Proceedings of …, 2011 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[4].An improved real time image detection system for elephant intrusion along the forest border areas
SJ Sugumar, R Jayaparvathy - The Scientific World Journal, 2014 - hindawi.com
[5].Improving Content Based Retrieval of Magnetic Resonance Images by Applying Graph Based Segmentation
K Trojacanec, I Kitanovski… - ICT …, 2010 - proceedings.ictinnovations.org
[6].Influence of Segmentation over Magnetic Resonance Image Classification
I Kitanovski, K Trojacanec, S Loskovska - ICT Innovations 2010, Web …, 2010 - Citeseer
[7].Automatic target image detection for morphing
JP Vyas, MV Joshi, MS Raval - Journal of Visual Communication and …, 2015 - Elsevier
[8]. Anno Search Using Content Based Image Retrieval Concept
V Linga, S Kulkarni, A Babel, R Dhumal - sites.ijrit.com
[9].AUTHENTICATION SCHEME RESISTANT TO SHOULDER SURFING ATTACK USING IMAGE RETRIEVAL
MB Thorawade, SM Patil - International Journal of Knowledge …, 2012 - search.proquest.com
Medical Image Retrieval using Multiple Features. B Jyothi, YM Latha, VSK Reddy - Advances in Computational Sciences & Technology, 2010
Cited by:-
[1].Leaf classification using shape, color, and texture features
A Kadir, LE Nugroho, A Susanto, PI Santosa - arXiv preprint arXiv: …, 2013 - arxiv.org
[2].Foliage plant retrieval using polar Fourier transform, color moments and vein features
[3].A Proposed Feature Extraction Technique for Dental X-Ray Images Based on Multiple features
J Raju, CK Modi - Communication Systems and Network …, 2011 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[4].Experiments of distance measurements in a foliage plant retrieval system
[5].Fig (Ficus Carica L.) Identification Based on Mutual Information and Neural Networks
G Kattmah, GA Azim - … Journal of Image, Graphics and Signal …, 2013 - search.proquest.com
[6].Classification of Blood Types by Microscope Color Images
SMN Fathima - International Journal of Machine Learning and …, 2013 - search.proquest.com
[7].Leaf Identification Using Polar Fourier Transform and Linear Bayes Normal Classifier
A KADIR - BIOLOGICAL SHAPE ANALYSIS: Proceedings of the …, 2015 - books.google.com
[8].On the Shape of the Leaves
SJ Ding - Advanced Materials Research, 2013 - Trans Tech Publ
New VLSI architecture for motion estimation algorithm VSK Reddy, S Sengupta, YM Latha - World Academy of Science, Engineering and …, 2007
Cited by:-
[1].A high performance hardware architecture for multi-frame hierarchical motion estimation
H Ho, R Klepko, N Ninh, D Wang - Consumer Electronics, IEEE …, 2011 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[2].A novel dual processing architecture for implementation of motion estimation unit of H. 264 AVC on FPGA
VA Chandrasetty, SR Laddha - Industrial Electronics & …, 2009 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[3].Design and implementation of a fast multi-frame hierarchical motion estimation circuit
H Ho - Consumer Electronics (ICCE), 2011 IEEE International …, 2011 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[4].Reduced bit low power VLSI architectures for motion estimation
S Agha, S Khan, S Malik, R Riaz - Systems Engineering and …, 2013 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[5].An optimal fast full search motion estimation algorithm in video coding
AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - … , Computing and Networking …, 2011 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[6].New fast motion estimation algorithm in video coding
AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Recent Advances in Intelligent …, 2011 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
A new predictive full-search block motion estimation VSK Reddy, S Sengupta - Pattern Recognition, 2004. ICPR 2004. Proceedings of …, 2004
Cited by:-
[1].Mise en correspondance stéréoscopique dimages couleur en présence doccultations
S Chambon - 2005 - tel.archives-ouvertes.fr
[2].Comparative study of block matching techniques used in video images motions estimation
K Laidi, MA Bailiche, M Mehenni - Image and Signal Processing …, 2007 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[3].REAL TIME MOTION DETECTION FOR FAST HUMAN IDENTIFICATION BASED ON FACE RECOGNITION
P Rivas, MI Chacón - cs.ecs.baylor.edu
[4].Optimal Motion Estimation Algorithm for Video Applications
AK Khan - 2009 - University of Engineering and …
[5].Evaluación de Métodos de Detección de Movimiento para un Sistema de Identificación de Personas Basado en Reconocimiento Facial
PR Perea, MIC Murguía
[6].Evaluación de Métodos de Detección de Movimiento para un Sistema de Identificación de Personas Basado en Reconocimiento Facial
MIC Murguía, PR Perea
·A Precise Content-based Color Image Retrieval: Lifting Scheme YM Latha, BC Jinaga, VSK Reddy - CGST-GVIP Journal, ISSN: 1687-398X, 2008
Cited by:-
[1].Development of Descriptors for Color Image Browsing and Retrieval
S Narang - 2011 - cs.unc.edu
·Efficient path estimation routing protocol for QoS in long distance MANETs SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram, PR Krishna - Intelligent Systems Design and Applications (ISDA …, 2012
[1].Location aware and energy efficient routing protocol for long distance MANETs
SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy… - … of Networking and …, 2013 - inderscienceonline.com
[2].An Improved QoS and Ranking Paths for Multimedia Traffic over MANETs
SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram… - Information …, 2014 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[3].Cross-Layer Design of 2D Queuing Model for Multi-hop Wireless Networks
Y Dong, P Du - Wireless personal communications, 2014 - Springer
[4].Delay optimization using Knapsack algorithm for multimedia traffic over MANETs
SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram… - Expert Systems with …, 2015 - Elsevier
[5].Improved AODV based on Load and Delay for Route Discovery in MANET
S Umredkar, S Tamrakar, UK Lilhore - IOSR Journals (IOSR Journal of … - files.figshare.com
[6].Review on Performance of MANET Using Different Routing Algorithm
MBR Sarode, AA Nikose - ijecs.in
[7].Recent traffic allocation methods in MANET: A review
S Umredkar, S Tamrakar - Confluence 2013: The Next …, 2013 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
·Medical Image Retrieval Using MomentsB Jyothi, YM Latha, PGK Mohan, VSK Reddy - International Journal of Application or Innovation in …, 2013.
Cited by:-
[1].Multi-scale feature based medical image classification
B Li, W Li, D Zhao - Computer Science and Network …, 2013 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[2].DICOM Image Retrieval Based on Neural Network Classification
B Darsana, G Jagajothi - International Journal of Computer Science and …, 2014 - ijcst.org
[3].Medical Image Retrieval based on LBP Histogram Fourier features and KNN classifier
P Bharathi, KR Reddy… - Advances in Engineering …, 2014 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[4].ORTHOGONAL RADIAL MOMENTS, TRANSFORMS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS
A PRASHAR, H KAUR, R UPNEJA - 2015 - ijoes.vidyapublications.com
[5].WRAPPER BASED FEATURE SELECTION FOR CT IMAGE.
D Chitra, GM Nasira - ICTACT Journal on Image & Video …, 2015 - ictactjournals.in
[6].Multi-level Content Based Image Retrieval System
EZ Mohammed
Video watermarking based on motion vectors of H. 264 K Swaraja, YM Latha, VSK Reddy, AV Paramkusam - India Conference (INDICON), 2011 Annual IEEE, 2011
Cited by:-
[1].robust compressed domain video watermarking in p-frames with controlled bit rate increase
1. T Dutta, A Sur, S Nandi - Communications (NCC), 2013 …, 2013 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[3].An Information Hiding Approach Based on Integer Transform Coefficient and Virtual Space Encoding for H. 264/AVC
1. S Li, J Fu, P Liu, Y Jiang - Circuits, Systems, and Signal Processing, 2015 - Springer
[5].Compressed Domain Robust Video Watermarking
1. T Dutta, A Sur, S Nandi - iitg.ernet.in
·A high-level pipelined FPGA based DCT for video coding applications VSK Reddy, S Sengupta, YM Iatha - … 2003. Conference on Convergent Technologies for the …, 2003
Cited by:-
[1].Investigation of new techniques for face detection
AS Abdallah - 2007 - researchgate.net
[2].Optimizing the design of a configurable digital signal processor for accelerated execution of the 2-D discrete cosine transform
C Gloster Jr, W Gay, M Amoo… - System Sciences, 2006. …, 2006 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[3].Real-time compression architecture for efficient coding in autostereoscopic displays
DP Chaikalis, NP Sgouros, DE Maroulis… - Journal of Real-Time …, 2010 - Springer
·The efficient optimal and suboptimal motion estimation algorithms AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Signal, Image and Video Processing, 2013
Cited by:-
[1]. efficient multi-layer reference frame motion estimation for video coding
AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Journal of Real-Time Image Processing, 2014 - Springer
[2].Temporal correlation based general search strategy for multiple reference frame motion estimation
CS Park, GR Kwon, JY Pyun, C Kim - Signal, Image and Video Processing, 2016 - Springer
[3].Fast predictive motion estimation algorithm with adaptive search mode based on motion type classification
L Lin, IC Wey, JH Ding - Signal, Image and Video Processing, 2016 - Springer
·An optimal fast full search motion estimation algorithm in video coding AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Signal Processing, Communication, Computing and …, 2011
Cited by:-
[1].Motion clustering on video sequences using a competitive learning network
S GÖRGÜNOĞLU, Ş ALTAY - Turkish Journal of Electrical …, 2014 - dergipark.ulakbim.gov.tr
·Packet loss estimation using Poisson random process for improving multimedia transmission in MANETs SJ Ahmad, A Damodaram, VSK Reddy, PR Krishna - Advances in Computing, Communications and …, 2013
Cited by:-
[1].Performance Evaluation of Multimedia Transmission in MANETs for AODV nthBR Routing Protocol
M Rao, N Singh - Advances in Computer Science and Information …, 2015 - krishisanskriti.org
[2].SIMULATION OF VARIOUS QoS PARAMETERS IN A HIGH DENSITY MANET SET-UP USING AODV nthBR PROTOCOL FOR MULTIMEDIA TRANSMISSION, …
M Rao, N Singh - ICTACT Journal on Communication Technology, 2015 - ictactjournals.in
·Two-layer motion estimation algorithm for video coding AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Electronics Letters, 2014
Cited by:-
[1].High Precision of Global Motion Estimation in Multi-dimensional Transform Domain
Y Yu, X Cui, A Sang, M Chen, J Zhong - 2015 - pos.sissa.it
[2].Direction-Adaptive Motion Estimation (DAME) for Efficient Video Compression
D Singh, S Meher - IETE Technical Review, 2015 - Taylor & Francis
·Low-computation and high-performance adaptive full search block-matching motion estimation VSK Reddy, S Sengupta - … Processing and Communications, 2004. SPCOM04. …, 2004
Cited by:-
[1].Optimal Motion Estimation Algorithm for Video Applications
AK Khan - 2009 - University of Engineering and …
·Predictive Search Range and Block Size in Block Matching Motion Estimation Algorithms in Video Coding SK Satyanarayana, M Kavya, VSK Reddy - Image and Signal Processing, 2009. CISP09. 2nd …, 2009
Cited by:-
[1].Global motion compensation for image sequences and motion object detection
Z Shun, S Xiuqin, X Liyin - Computer Application and System …, 2010 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
·Detection of Black Hole Attack Using Code Division Security Method SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram, PR Krishna - Emerging ICT for Bridging the Future-Proceedings …, 2015
Cited by:-
[1].A modified algorithm to improve security and performance of AODV protocol against black hole attack
S Shahabi, M Ghazvini, M Bakhtiarian - Wireless Networks, 2015 - Springer
·An efficient fast full search block matching algorithm with SSD criterion AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - India Conference (INDICON), 2011 Annual IEEE, 2011
Cited by:-
[1].3D image reconstruction from 2D CT slices
P Kamencay, M Zachariasova, R Hudec… - … : The True Vision- …, 2014 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
·Wireless transmission of bio-medical signals: Wireless doc ND Kumar, CVB Kumar, VSK Reddy, PR Ram - India Conference (INDICON), 2011 Annual IEEE, 2011
·Location aware and energy efficient routing protocol for long distance MANETs SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram… - International Journal of Networking and Virtual …, 2013
Cited by:-
[1].Detection of black hole attack using code division security method
SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram… - Emerging ICT for …, 2015 - Springer
[2].A Dynamic Priority Based Scheduling Scheme for Multimedia Streaming Over MANETs to Improve QoS
SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram… - … Computing and Internet …, 2016 - Springer
·A study of software quality models T Davuluru, J Medida, VSK Reddy - Advances in Engineering and Technology Research ( …, 2014
·Multilayer reference frame motion estimation for video coding AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Signal, Image and Video Processing, 2014
Cited by:-
[1].Fast predictive motion estimation algorithm with adaptive search mode based on motion type classification
L Lin, IC Wey, JH Ding - Signal, Image and Video Processing, 2016 - Springer
·An efficient multi-layer reference frame motion estimation for video coding AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Journal of Real-Time Image Processing, 2014
Cited by:-
[1].Real-time motion estimation for image and video processing applications
G Botella, C García - Journal of Real-Time Image Processing - Springer
·Denoising of radar signals by using wavelets and Doppler estimation by S-Transform VSS Reddy, DT Rao - International Journal of Advancements in Research & …, 2012
·An Optimal Fast Full Search Motion Estimation and Suboptimal Motion Estimation Algorithms AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - International Journal of Computer Applications, 2012
·Video Watermarking in Motion vectors Based on visual masking KSDYM Latha, VSK Reddy - International Journal of Research in Signal Processing, …
·E-Medicine: Best Solution for health care of Remote & Rural Reach ND Kumar, VSK Reddy
·Hybrid DWT-DCT Algorithm for Digital Image Watermarking and Compression Applications A Venkateswarlu, VSK Reddy, NU Rani
·A pristine digital video watermarking in H. 264 compressed domain K Swaraja, Y MadhaveeLatha, VSK Reddy - … Intelligence and Computing Research (ICCIC), 2014 …, 2014
·A Computationally Adaptive Block-Matching Motion Estimation Algorithm VSK Reddy, S Sengupta - Proceedings of the Eleventh National Conference on …, 2005
·A novel fast search motion estimation boosted by multilayer concept AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Multimedia Tools and Applications, 2014
·New fast motion estimation algorithm in video coding AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Recent Advances in Intelligent Computational Systems …, 2011
·Content Based Image Retrieval: Wavelets YM Latha, BC Jinaga, VSK Reddy
·ANALYSIS OF COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION MODIFIED ROUTING PROTOCOL IN MANETS K Vanisree, VSK Reddy
·An Improved QoS and Ranking Paths for Multimedia Traffic over MANETs SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram, PR Krishna - Information Technology (ICIT), 2014 International …, 2014
·ANALYSIS OF MODIFIED COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTING PROTOCOL IN MANET K Vanisree, VSK Reddy - IJCSI International Journal of Computer Science Issues, 2013
·Delay Optimization using Knapsack Algorithm for Multimedia Traffic over MANETs SJ Ahmad, VSK Reddy, A Damodaram, PR Krishna - Expert Systems with Applications, 2015
·Steerable Texture Descriptor for an Effective Content-Based Medical Image Retrieval System Using PCA B Jyothi, Y MadhaveeLatha, PGK Mohan, VSK Reddy - … of the Second International Conference on …, 2016
·A novel block-matching motion estimation algorithm based on multilayer concept AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Multimedia and Expo (ICME), 2014 IEEE International …, 2014
·A FPGA-based Architecture for Block Matching Motion Estimation Algorithm KBK Rangan, MP Reddy, VSK Reddy - TENCON 2005 2005 IEEE Region 10, 2005
·Energy saving in cooperative transmission using opportunistic protocol in MANET K Vanisree, VSK Reddy
·The Imperceptible Video Watermarking Based on Region of Motion Vectors in P-frames. K Swaraja, YM Latha, VSK Reddy - Advances in Computational Sciences & Technology, 2010
·Novel two-layer motion estimation for video coding AV Paramkusam, VSK Reddy - Journal of Electronics (China), 2014
S. Srinivasa Rao
·Human activity tracking using RFID tags SS Rao, EG Rajan, K Lalkishore - International Journal of Computer Science and …, 2009
Cited by:-
[1].Embedded Activity Monitoring Methods
N Shah, M Kapuria, K Newman - Activity Recognition in Pervasive …, 2011 - Springer
[2].Optimal outsourcing for intellectual property protection and production cost minimization
JP Kim, K Hamza, K Saitou - 2009 - deepblue.lib.umich.edu
[3].Proposed prediction algorithms based on hybrid approach to deal with anomalies of RFID data in healthcare
AA Leema, M Hemalatha - Egyptian Informatics Journal, 2013 - Elsevier
[4].POLICE OFFICER EXPECTATIONS OF PRIVACY AGAINST ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE IN THE WORKPLACE: AN INTRODUCTORY LEGAL ANALYSIS.
KF STEINMETZ, KA CHISM - Journal of Criminal Justice & …, 2013 - search.ebscohost.com
[5].RFID and RTLS-Based Human Resource Monitoring System
AB Awolusi, OC Akinyokun, GB Iwasokun - search.proquest.com
·ASAF ALOHA protocol for dense RFID systems SS Rao, EG Rajan, K Lalkishore - Wireless Personal Communications, 2012
Dr.M.R.K Murthy
[1].Computational Comparisons of GPC and NGPC Schemes DN Rao, MRK Murthy, DN Harshal, SRM Rao - 2007
[2].NEURAL GENERALIZED PREDICTIVE CONTROLFOR REAL TIME APPLICATIONS DN RAO, MRK MURTHY, SRM RAO, DN HARSHAL - Institute for Scientific, 2007
A Adhipathi Reddy
·A new wavelet based logo-watermarking scheme AA Reddy, BN Chatterji - Pattern Recognition Letters, 2005
Cited by:-
[1].Combined DWT-DCT digital image watermarking
A Al-Haj - Journal of computer science, 2007 - researchgate.net
[2].A new robust reference watermarking scheme based on DWT-SVD
G Bhatnagar, B Raman - Computer Standards & Interfaces, 2009 - Elsevier
[3].A digital watermarking algorithm based on DCT and DWT
M Jiansheng, L Sukang, T Xiaomei - Proceedings of the 2009 International …, 2009 - Citeseer
[4].An improved SVD-based watermarking scheme for protecting rightful ownership
AA Mohammad, A Alhaj, S Shaltaf - Signal Processing, 2008 - Elsevier
[5].Robust Digital Image Watermarking Based on Joint DWT-DCT.
SK Amirgholipour, AR Naghsh-Nilchi - JDCTA, 2009 - Citeseer
[6].An image adaptive, wavelet-based watermarking of digital images
S Agreste, G Andaloro, D Prestipino, L Puccio - Journal of Computational …, 2007 - Elsevier
[7].An integer wavelet based multiple logo-watermarking scheme
Y Yuan, D Huang, D Liu - Computer and Computational …, 2006 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[8].Robust wavelet-based video watermarking scheme for copyright protection using the human visual system
RO Preda, DN Vizireanu - Journal of …, 2011 - electronicimaging.spiedigitallibrary. …
[9].Video watermarking algorithms using the SVD transform
L Rajab, T Al-Khatib, A Al-Haj - European Journal of Scientific …, 2009 - eacademic.ju.edu.jo
[10].Discrete Fourier transform–based watermarking method with an optimal implementation radius
A Poljicak, L Mandic, D Agic - Journal of …, 2011 - electronicimaging.spiedigitallibrary. …
·Wavelet Packet Based Digital Image Watermarking. AA Reddy, BN Chatterji - ICVGIP, 2004
Cited by:-
[1].A new robust adjustable logo watermarking scheme
G Bhatnagar, QMJ Wu, B Raman - Computers & Security, 2012 - Elsevier
ML Mittal
·Wavelet transform based technique for speckle noise suppression and data compression for SAR images ML Mittal, VK Singh, R Krishnan - Signal Processing and Its Applications, 1999. ISSPA99 …, 1999
Cited by:-
[1].Lossy compression of images with additive noise
N Ponomarenko, V Lukin, M Zriakhov… - Advanced Concepts for …, 2005 - Springer
[2].Estimation of accessible quality in noisy image compression
N Ponomarenko, M Zriakhov, VV Lukin… - … 2006 14th European, 2006 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[3].Using new WaveShrink technique and edge information to reduce the SAR speckle
W Luo, J Yang, Y Pi, S Huang - … Sensing of the …, 2003 - proceedings.spiedigitallibrary.org
[4].Speckle Noise Reduction Using Local Binary Pattern, Anisotropic Diffusion and Bilateral Filter
MS Sandhu, R Kaur - ijsr.net
[5].ВЕЙВЛЕТ-КОДИРОВАНИЕ ЗАШУМЛЕННЫХ ИЗОБРАЖЕНИЙ ПРЕСЛЕДОВАНИЕМ БАЗИСА ПО КОГЕРЕНТНЫМ СТРУКТУРАМ
ЮС Бехтин - dspa.ru
[6].Compression de données brutes et dimages de radar à synthèse douverture
N de Beaucoudrey, G Mercier - Annales des télécommunications, 2001 - Springer
·An efficient and fast compression technique for multispectral browse images ML Mittal, VK Singh, R Krishnan, VB Subhadra - Geoscience and Remote Sensing Symposium, 1999. …, 1999
Cited by:-
[1].An efficient method for satellite image matching and management
JH Parka, JH Choib, KH Choia - … of LSPRS Congress Commission IV, Jul, 2004 - isprs.org
[2].ROI coding method for multispectral images
JH Park, GJ Chae, JH Park… - Geoscience and Remote …, 2003 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
·Effect of data compression on DEM accuracy derived from satellite images ML Mittal, VK Singh, R Krishnan - Joint Workshop of ISPRS WGI/1, I/3 and IV/4, Hanover, 1999
Cited by:-
[1].Effects of JPEG 2000 compression on automated DSM extraction: Evidence from aerial photographs
TY Shih, JK Liu - The Photogrammetric Record, 2005 - Wiley Online Library
·A new criteria for evaluation of compression technique ML Mittal, VK Singh, R Krishnan - Signal Processing and Its Applications, 1999. ISSPA99 …, 1999
Cited by:-
[1].Objective image quality measure based on weber-weighted mean absolute error
S Ameer, O Basir - Signal Processing, 2008. ICSP 2008. 9th …, 2008 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[2].Investigating polynomial fitting schemes for image compression
S Ameer - 2009 - uwspace.uwaterloo.ca
·Technical note:Discrete wavelet transform based image compression: A correction ML Mittal, VB Subhdra - 2000
·A hybrid technique for onboard image data compression MI Mittal, VK Singh, R Krishnan - Journal of Spacecraft Technology, 1998
B Jyothi
·Relvance Feed Back Content Based Image Retrieval Using Multiple Features B Jyothi, YM Latha, VSK Reddy - … Intelligence and Computing Research (ICCIC), 2010 …, 2010
Cited by:-
[1].Content Based Image Retrieval using combined features of shape, color and relevance feedback
Y Mussarat, S Muhammad, M Sajjad… - KSII Transactions on …, 2013 - researchgate.net
[2].Intelligent image retrieval techniques: a survey
M Yasmin, S Mohsin, M Sharif - Journal of applied research and …, 2014 - Elsevier
[3].CBIR using Relevance Feedback Retrieval System
S Vaishnavi - Digital Image Processing, 2012 - ciitresearch.org
[4].CBIR using Texels of colour Fuzzy Textons
S Putheti, SR Edara, SA Edara - Hybrid Intelligent Systems (HIS …, 2012 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[5].Relevance Feedback for Content Based Image Retrieval Based On Multitexton Histogram and Microstructure Descriptor
TV Gopal, MR Krishna - researchgate.net
[6].An Adaptive Calibration Circuit for Ultrasonic Flow Sensor using Optimized ANN
KV Santhosh, BK Roy - … and Emerging Trends in Computer and …, 2013 - tantrik-astrologer.in
[7].Content Based Video Retrieval Using Integrated Feature Extraction
MP Chivadshetti, MK Sadafale, MK Thakare - spvryan.org
[8].A NOVEL APPROACH TO OPTIMIZE RELEVANCE FEEDBACK IN CBIR VIA INTEGRATING MSD AND FRB FUNCTION NETWORK
KD RAMAIAH, DRP SAMMULAL - researchgate.net
[9].F-Norm based Color Image Retrieval with Selective Relevance Feedback
J Khanapuri - International Journal of Computer Applications, 2013 - search.proquest.com
1. A Novel Approach to Reduce Semantic Gap in CBIR Using Relevance Feedback: Based on Integration of MSD and MTH Descriptors
TV Gopal, GA Kumar, PP Rani - Recent and Emerging Trends in …, 2013 - researchgate.net
·Medical Image Retrieval using Multiple Features. B Jyothi, YM Latha, VSK Reddy - Advances in Computational Sciences & Technology, 2010
Cited by:-
[1].Leaf classification using shape, color, and texture features
[2].Foliage plant retrieval using polar Fourier transform, color moments and vein features
[3].A Proposed Feature Extraction Technique for Dental X-Ray Images Based on Multiple features
J Raju, CK Modi - Communication Systems and Network …, 2011 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[4].Experiments of distance measurements in a foliage plant retrieval system
[5].Fig (Ficus Carica L.) Identification Based on Mutual Information and Neural Networks
G Kattmah, GA Azim - … Journal of Image, Graphics and Signal …, 2013 - search.proquest.com
[6].Classification of Blood Types by Microscope Color Images
SMN Fathima - International Journal of Machine Learning and …, 2013 - search.proquest.com
[7].Leaf Identification Using Polar Fourier Transform and Linear Bayes Normal Classifier
A KADIR - BIOLOGICAL SHAPE ANALYSIS: Proceedings of the …, 2015 - books.google.com
[8].On the Shape of the Leaves
SJ Ding - Advanced Materials Research, 2013 - Trans Tech Publ
·Medical Image Retrieval Using Moments B Jyothi, YM Latha, PGK Mohan, VSK Reddy - International Journal of Application or Innovation in …, 2013
Cited by:-
[1].Multi-scale feature based medical image classification
B Li, W Li, D Zhao - Computer Science and Network …, 2013 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[2].DICOM Image Retrieval Based on Neural Network Classification
B Darsana, G Jagajothi - International Journal of Computer Science and …, 2014 - ijcst.org
[3].Medical Image Retrieval based on LBP Histogram Fourier features and KNN classifier
P Bharathi, KR Reddy… - Advances in Engineering …, 2014 - ieeexplore.ieee.org
[4].ORTHOGONAL RADIAL MOMENTS, TRANSFORMS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS
A PRASHAR, H KAUR, R UPNEJA - 2015 - ijoes.vidyapublications.com
[5].WRAPPER BASED FEATURE SELECTION FOR CT IMAGE.
D Chitra, GM Nasira - ICTACT Journal on Image & Video …, 2015 - ictactjournals.in
·Medical image retrieval using multiple features clustering technique B Jyothi, YM Latha, PGK Mohan - … Intelligence & Computing Research (ICCIC), 2012 …, 2012
Cited by:-
[1].Incluindo funções de distância e extratores de características para suporte a consultas por similaridade
MVN Bêdo - 2013 - teses.usp.br
·An effective multiple visual features for Content Based Medical Image Retrieval B Jyothi, Y MadhaveeLatha, PG Krishna Mohan - Intelligent Systems and Control (ISCO), 2015 IEEE 9th …, 2015
·A REVIEW OF LOW LEVEL VISUAL FEATURES FORA CONTENT BASED MEDICAL IMAGE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM B Jyothi, YM Latha, PGK Mohan - 2006
·Region based texture descriptor for content based medical image retrieval using second order moments B Jyothi, Y MadhaveeLatha, PG Krishna Mohan - … Systems (ICIIECS), 2015 International Conference on, 2015
·Multidimensional feature space for an effective content based medical image retrieval B Jyothi, Y MadhaveeLatha, PG Krishna Mohan - Advance Computing Conference (IACC), 2015 IEEE …, 2015
·Steerable Texture Descriptor for an Effective Content-Based Medical Image Retrieval System Using PCA B Jyothi, Y MadhaveeLatha, PGK Mohan, VSK Reddy - … of the Second International Conference on …, 2016
Cited by:-
[1].An Improved Content Based Medical Image Retrieval System Using Integrated Steerable Texture Components and User Interactive Feedback Method
B Jyothi, YM Latha, PGK Mohan - Information Systems Design and …, 2016 - Springer
·FACE DETECTION USING ACTIVE APPEARANCE MODEL V Sharma, B Jyothi, YM Latha - parameters, 2013
Arunkumar Madupu
·An Image Analysis on Self Captured Resource Limited CMOS Camera P GUNTA, A MADUPU - 2014
·Cryptography Algorithm based on DES and RSA in Bluetooth Communication K Veeresh, A Madupu
D Asha
·Extraction of respiratory rate from ppg signals using pca and emd B Prathyusha, TS Rao, D Asha - EXTRACTION, 2012
Cited by:-
[1].Spike detection from electroencephalogram signals with aid of hybrid genetic algorithm-particle swarm optimization
KG Parthiban, S Vijayachitra - Journal of Medical Imaging and …, 2015 - ingentaconnect.com
[2].Spike Detection from EEG Signals with Aid of Morphological Filters and Hybrid GAPSO
KG Parthiban, S Vijayachitra - International Review on …, 2013 - praiseworthyprize.org
[3].A Photoplethysmography Melanin Evaluation System by Modified Boltzmann Transport Equation (BTE)
SC Huang, HM Wang, SH Luo - Advances in Electrical Engineering, 2015 - hindawi.com
[4].Spike Detection from EEG Signals with Aid of Morphological Filters and Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO)
KG Parthiban, SV Chitra - 2013 - Citeseer
[5].Estimation of a Respiratory Signal from Single Channel Electrocardiogram Signal using Empirical Mode Decomposition
K KAMBLE, V LOHIKPURE, S SIRSAT, N JADHAV - 2014 - ijsetr.com
[6].Multisensor Stress Monitoring For Non-Stationary Subjects
A Hilmersson - 2015 - diva-portal.org
[7].Monitoring Physiological Trajectories
P Charlton - 2014 - robots.ox.ac.uk
[8].Detection of Automobile Drivers Stress from Physiological Signals
D Subi, HS Anuja - 2014 - ijcsmc.com
[9].Electronics and Tele Communication Engineering, Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Technological University, Lonere, Tal.-Mangaon, Dist.-Raigad, pin-402103. …
K Kamble, V Lohikpure, S Sirsat, N Jadhav - ijsetr.com
[10].Extraction of Respiratory Signal from ECG using Empirical Mode Decomposition
MM Gavali, DE Upasani - Extraction, 2015 - ijireeice.com
[11].INFRAESTRUTURA DE HARDWARE E SOFTWARE PARA MONITORAMENTO DE BATIMENTOS CARDÍACOS EM BOVINOS DE CORTE
FDEO DE ARAÚJO - lscad.facom.ufms.br
Ph.D. Guided
Dr. VSK Reddy: Ph.D Guidance
List of PH.D Scholars: Completed
Year of
S.No Name of the candidate Topic/Title University
Completion
Multi Layer Frame Reference

1 Mr. A.V. Paramkusam Motion Estimation algorithm for JNTUH, Hyderabad 2015
Video Coding
Nano Materials for CMOS

2 Mr. Bikshalu JNTUH, Hyderabad 2015
applications
Multimedia Transmission over

3 Syed Jalal Ahmad Dynamic Ad-hoc Networks: JNTUH, Hyderabad 2015
QoS Requirements
4 Ms. K. Swaraja Low Cost Video Watermarking JNTUH, Hyderabad 2015
List of PH.D Scholars: Pursuing
S.No Name of the candidate Topic/Title University Year of Regd.
1 Mr.G.S. Naveen Kumar Content Based Image Retrieval JNTUK, Kakinada 2010
2 Ms. K. Vanisree Routing Protocols for Multimedia JNTUH, Hyderabad 2010

Communications
Hybrid Image Watermarking Vignan University,

3 Mr. A. Venkateshwarlu 2011
Algorithm Guntur, AP
4 Mr. P. Anil Kumar Networks Security JNTUH, Hyderabad 2012
Content Based Video Retrieval

Mr. K. Mallikarjuna through 4G Wireless Networks
5 JNTUK, Kakinada 2014
Lingam
5.7.2 Sponsored Research (5) 5.00
2014-2015
Project Title Duration Funding Agency Amount

Improvised Explosive Device Disposal Robot 1 year MSME, New Delhi 600000.00
Total Amount(X): 600000.00
2013-2014

Multimedia Based Argo Advisory Information Through Cellular Networks 3 years AICTE, New Delhi 1105000.00
Total Amount(Y): 1105000.00
2012-2013

Remote Sensing Techniques in Impact and Environment Management 3 years AICTE, New Delhi 1800000.00
Total Amount(Z): 1800000.00
Cumulative Amount(X + Y + Z) = 3505000.00
5.7.3 Development Activities (10) 7.00

Provide details:
• ProductDevelopment
• Researchlaboratories
• Instructionalmaterials
• Workingmodels/charts/monogramsetc.
Research Laboratories
Sl. No. Name of laboratory Year of Establishment Amount spent
Centre of Excellence in
1. 2015 Rs 10 Lakhs
Robotics
Working models/charts/monograms etc.
Name of the Student &

S. No. Title of the Work
Class
Devarai Sravan Kumar
G Jyothish
“Delta Robot for pick and
1 G Maneesh Chowdary
place operation”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
Baki Pranaya
Bollarapu Venkatesh
2 Ettedi Varun Patel “Follow me Robot Assistant”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
K Ushasri
Kandula Abhinav
“Voice Activated Coffee
3 Mohammed Rafath
making System”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
N Vijay Kumar
P Teja
“Car Parking system using
4 S Dinesh Kumar Wireless network based
Zigbee”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
Kondi Rajeshwari
Markanti Sukanya
“Multi sensor Fuzzy logic
5 Molugu Suma based train collision
avoidance system”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
Pabba Abhilash
P Maheswara Reddy
V Keerthi
“Automatic animal feeder
6
Rathod Kethan Kumar using Raspberry Pi”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
Pravallika Chinni
Rokkam Devraj
“Home Automation &
7 V Sai Shravan
security using Raspberry Pi”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE

Class
J Vamshi Krishna
Kondapalli Y Aman
Madhi Ranjith Reddy

Solar Street Light Controller
1
IV/IV I Sem Using LED
B Tech ECE
N Vijay Kumar
P Teja
S Dinesh Kumar Elevation control using ARM

2
IV/IV I Sem 7
B Tech ECE
A Ramana Karthik
Dakannagari Rahul Kumar

Reddy Mobile Transducer Using
3
G Pankaj Vinay Aditya FHSS & Radio Waves
IV/IV I Sem
B Tech ECE
Akunuri Hemalatha
Annampelly Sandeep GPS Vehicle Theft

Identification
4 Badam Chandrika
and Tracking and Control
IV/IV I Sem System
B Tech ECE
Tulala Sreevani
V V N S Bharath
GPS-GSM Based Bus Stop
5 Vedavally Mounika Automation
IV/IV I Sem
B Tech ECE

Class
M.Kathyani Kumar
M.Govardhan Reddy
“Monitoring the solar energy
1 L.Chitti charging system using
wireless technology”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
Thallapally Satwika
Shanigarapu Chandu
“Intellegent Train Engine to
2 Yuvaraj Decca avoid Accidents and Railway
gate Controlling”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
Pathuri Soujanya
M.Limbadri “Design and

Implementationof Agriculture
3 A.Rajeshekar Reddy Field motor control system
using GSM on
IV/IV II Sem ARM7(LPC2148)”
B Tech ECE
Mukku Anusha
Myadari Saikiran “Design and Implementation

of GSM Based Audio player
4 Vadde Prathyusha
System using
IV/IV II Sem ARM9(S3C2440)”
B Tech ECE

Class
Kshatri Alekhya
M.Karthikeya
“Design and layout of
1 K.V.Navya CMOS comparator using X-
OR gate”
IV/IV I Sem
B Tech ECE
T.Suvarchala Naidu
Md. Moulana Rizwan Ahmed

“Moving Object Tracking
2 Pamula Jaya Sai Krishna Using Background
Estimators”
IV/IV I Sem
B Tech ECE
Mukku Anusha
Myadari Saikiran
Vadde Prathyusha “Vehicle Tax Pay And

3
IV/IV I Sem Access System”
B Tech ECE
A.Grace Lizy Vineela
Ch Sai Ranga
E Pavani Reddy “Simulation Of Algorithm For

4 Object Detection In Video
IV/IV I Sem Traffic”
B Tech ECE
Akshat Agarwal
Abhey Kumar
Arvind Ravi Kumar
5 G.V.Sasanka Sekhar “Data Acquisition Using PC”
IV/IV I Sem
B Tech ECE

Class
Bandi Ritish Reddy, Ch. Sai

Swetha, K. Bhargava Abilash “Detection and Classification
of Hotspots on PCBs using
1
IV/IV II Sem Uncooled Infrared Images in
MATLAB”
B Tech ECE
Roopak Jada, Jagannadha

Raju, Harish Raj
“Design and Prototyping of a
2
IV/IV II Sem 3D-Printer”
B Tech ECE
A. Saika, Ch. Sirisha, G.

Lakshmi Srivalli
“PCM Decommutator with
3
IV/IV II Sem Missile Telemetry”
B Tech ECE
Akula Swetha, Adravena

Premlatha, Dondapati Durga “Brain Tumor Classification
Bhavani using Discrete Wavelet
4
Transform and Probabilistic
IV/IV II Sem
Neural Network”
B Tech ECE
Bonath Suman Kumar, A.

Ramanjaneyulu Reddy, A.
Madhu Sudan “Railway Track Breach
5 Detection Robot with GPS
IV/IV II Sem & GSM”
B Tech ECE

Class
Bhupathi Srikanth, Dowpati

Kamakshi, Kothapuli Kondaiah “Number plate recognition
1 using an improved
IV/IV II Sem
segmentation”
B Tech ECE
Gunda Nikil, Jomi Antony, K.

Saraswathi
“Key frame extraction from
2
IV/IV II Sem MPEG Video stream”
B Tech ECE
Ponnathota Yogeshwari, P
Priyanka Yadav “Pattern recognition Scheme
3 using Wavelet based
IV/IV II Sem
Dominant feature”
B Tech ECE
Sai Kiran Thati, Venkat

Narsimha Reddy C, Yerram
Spandana, Thangella Mounica “Automatic fire fighting
4
systems”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
Sareddy Nageshwara Reddy,

Mohd Azhar Ahmed, Vollala “A Novel Spatio- Temporal
Manasa Video Object Segmentation
5 Algorithm
IV/IV II Sem
”
B Tech ECE
Ponnam Theja Goud,
Prabhakar Reddy Meeniga, “Using color strings
Mudupu Gopi comparison for video frames
6
retrieval”
IV/IV II Sem
B Tech ECE
5.7.4 Consultancy(from Industry) (5) 3.00
(Provide a list with Project Title, Funding Agency, Amount and Duration) Funding amount(Cumulative during assessment years)
2014-2015
Project Title Duration Funding Agency

Voice Activated Coffee making System 6 Months ROBOT SPACE AUTOMATION PVT LTD 100000.00
Automatic animal feeder using Raspberry Pi 6 Months ROBOT SPACE AUTOMATION PVT LTD 100000.00
2013-2014
2012-2013
Cumulative Amount(X + Y + Z) =
5.8 Faculty Performance Appraisal and Development System (FPADS) (30)
30.00
Faculty members of Higher Educational Institutions today have to perform a variety of tasks pertaining to diverse roles. In addition to instruction, Faculty members need to innovate and conduct research for their self-renewal, keep a breast w
technology, and develop expertise for effective implementation of curricula. They are also expected to provide services to the industry and community for understanding and contributing to the solution of real life problems in industry. Another rol
shouldering of administrative responsibilities and co-operation with other Faculty, Heads-of-Departments and the Head of Institute. An effective performance appraisal system for Faculty is vital for optimizing the contribution of individual Faculty
performance.
The assessment is based on:
A well-defined system for faculty appraisal for all the assessment years(10)
Its implementation and effectiveness(20)
We believe in the premise that people are more productive when they agree on what is expected of them and receive feedback on their performance. The success of the appraisal process is essentially associated with establishing a constructive dialogue between th
appraised. This can be a valuable process for both the department/college and faculty as it improves communication channels between both sides.
This aims at helping faculty get a clearer idea of their expected important roles in the department/College and University, given that academic staff members are the essence of the education system. Ultimately it is the caliber and standards of the faculty members th
influence on the education process. Planning is part of the process of assisting faculty members improve such standards.
According to College Bylaws, Faculty members are expected to:
i. Provide up-to-date reports involving teaching activities and student advising as assigned by the department.
ii. Be responsible for course development and participate in curriculum and program development.
iii. Fulfill all instructional and advising responsibilities as specified in the policies and procedures.
iv. Participate in scholarly and research activities which enhance their professional development and contribute to their discipline.
v. Serve as appropriate in, the department and college committees.
vi. Provide professional services to the Department, College and community.
In addition, criterion 5 of ABET (Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology), the accreditation body for engineering programs, focuses on faculty members. It states that
"The faculty is the heart of any educational program. The faculty must be of sufficient number; and must have the competencies to cover all of the curricular areas of the program. There must be sufficient faculty to accommodate adequate levels of student-faculty int
advising and counseling, university service activities, professional development, and interactions with industrial and professional practitioners, as well as employers of students.
The program faculty must have appropriate qualifications and must have and demonstrate sufficient authority to ensure the proper guidance of the program and to develop and implement processes for the evaluation, assessment, and continuing improvement of
educational objectives and outcomes. The overall competence of the faculty may be judged by such factors as education, diversity of backgrounds, engineering experience, teaching experience, ability to communicate, enthusiasm for developing more effective pr
scholarship, participation in professional societies, and licensure as Professional Engineers."
MRCET Faculty Self Performance Appraisal System:

1 Rationale
The College decided to develop a customized version of appraisal system. The rationale behind this move is:
i. Embedding the "professional" nature of the college in the system (linking courses to industry, design, and real world problems).
ii. Targeting a simpler but more effective and relevant evaluation system.
iii. Having a clearer link to the development system for faculty members which are one of the main aims of the evaluation system. Based on the department need, there should be a mutual agreement between the head and the faculty member on whether to continue
strength areas, or to focus on their weak areas or a combination of both.
iv. Determining the intellectual value added by each faculty member.
v. Capitalizing on the role of different ranked faculty members in the education process.
2 General Objectives
The evaluation system has the following main aims:
i. Helping faculty members recognize areas in need of development or improvement, and to capitalize on their areas of strength.
ii. Building a database that can be used for promotion applications.
iii. Helping the college set a program for faculty development.
iv. Creating a fair indication for annual merit increases and other rewards programs to be developed.
v. Provide opportunities for discussion and feedback in order to identify problems, obstacles, or difficulties that hinder progress and institution development.
3 General Guidelines
The evaluation system should be applied to all "regular faculty members" defined in the bylaws as:
"Regular faculty members are full-time individuals who hold full professional ranks and who are appointed by the College and ratified by the University to fulfill the following functions and duties:
• Teaching and scholarly endeavors
• Program and course development
• Student advisement
• College, Department and community services
• Other functions and duties deemed necessary by the Department and College"
This process is conducted annually (at the end of the academic year) and the outcome of the evaluation is kept confidential and is by no means a way to compare one faculty member against another.
4 Responsibility and Evaluation
Conducting the departmental evaluation is the sole responsibility of the department head, and should not be delegated to any other member of the department. However, the head can seek help from other faculty members to conduct specific tasks in the evaluation proce
After the departmental evaluation, the Dean for Academics and Principal will review it and send recommendation to the department head.
The College Evaluation system defines the evaluation areas to be:
i. Teaching and instruction
ii. Scholarship and research
iii. College, Department and community service.
5 Procedure
i. During the first two weeks of the odd semester, each department head will hold a department meeting during which the following will be addressed:
a. Refresh the team with the mission and vision of the department.
b. Update on the status of implementation of the department academic plan and advisory committee recommendations.
c. Agree on the annual plan for the department.
ii. During the following week, the head will hold an individual meeting with each department faculty member. During this meeting, they discuss the individual plan of the member in terms of teaching, research, and services, as well as the College and Department stra
development plan of the member should then be addressed, and required resources should be agreed upon. The plan will include agreement on special distribution of effort over the three evaluation areas (i.e., teaching, research, and service).
iii. Within two days of the meeting, the member should submit hard/soft copy of his/her plan for the year.
iv. The head will then confirm that the plan is in line with the discussion agreement in the meeting.
v. A follow up meeting will be held whenever needed.
vi. Faculty members will submit their achievements and any supporting document in the prescribed faculty appraisal form. This task is due on the last day of teaching.
vii. Head of the Department hold appraisal meetings with faculty members in the department to go over achievements and to provide feedback.
viii. Faculty members are required to sign the summary sheet for evaluation which is an indication that they have seen the scores.
ix. Faculty member signature on the form doesn’t necessarily mean that the member agrees with the result.
x. Any appeal on the evaluation results should be submitted within two weeks of the meeting to the department head.
xi. Head of the Department will submit the evaluation summary of faculty members to the Principal through Dean of Academics by the end of the final exams period.
Evaluation Components
1 Teaching (50-60%)
1.1 General Guidelines
i. Each faculty member will submit course files for all taught courses that include all course materials together with samples of students work. Each faculty member will pick one course file for evaluation.
ii. The average student feedback score will be used in the evaluation and not a certain course feedback.
iii. Course improvement may involve adopting new teaching pedagogies, new assessment methods, new technology or software, new applications related to local industry, converting a course to be an online course, or combinations of these.
iv. All courses will be managed using Blackboard to achieve the minimum score of “satisfactory”.
v. For faculty with reduced loads or with buyout time, teaching weight can be reduced to 40%.
1.2 Evaluation Rubric:
5: Excellent student evaluation (greater than 92%), outstanding course file(s), substantial improvement in a course or introduction of a new course, and an excellent effort for self-improvement through attending workshops. Examples of excellent performance indicator
teaching prizes, writing a journal paper in the area of teaching, delivering presentations, conferences and demonstrating exceptional skills in teaching/learning. Revised – 4: Very good student evaluation (greater than 85%), very good course file(s), good improvement in
obvious effort for self-improvement through participating in workshops, delivering presentations, conferences.
3: Good student evaluation (greater than 75%), a good and complete course file(s), some improvement in a course, and a reasonable effort for self-improvement through attending workshops, presentations, conferences
2: Fair student evaluation (greater than 60%), course file is not complete, no course improvement, and no evidence of self-development.
1: Poor student evaluation (< 60%). No course file. Faculty member will be given a warning and further action may be considered.
1.3 Performance Metrics:
• Student Evaluation: 35%
• Content and Quality of Course File: 30%
• Course Improvement: 20%
• Self-Development: 15%
2 Research & Scholarship (20-40%)
2.1 General Guidelines
i. Each faculty member will include his/her recent publication record (past 2 years included) for the head to check the progress.
ii. Senior faculty members are expected to publish in international well reputed, indexed journals with high impact factor in its field.
iii. Research in priority areas of the department will have a higher weight.
iv. Collaborative research is highly recommended.
v. Research funding and intellectual property generation will be counted.
vi. A leading author is the author whose name appears as a single or first author on a jointly published paper, or the second author on a paper whose first author is a graduate student or a postdoc supervised by the second author.
2.2. Evaluation Rubric
5: A leading author on at least three papers in significant indexed journals over the past two years, receiving (or managing) a significant external grant as a lead PI in the current year which is in line with departments goals/areas of interest, and solid efforts in research dev
4: A leading author on at least two papers in significant indexed journals over the past two years, or receiving an external grant as a lead PI in the current year which is in line with departments goals/areas of interest, or receiving a patent, and a very good effort in resea
in the department.
3: Publishing one paper in significant indexed journals over the past two years, or a leading author on at least two papers in an international and significant conference over the past two years, receiving research grants in the role of PI or Co-PI with good effort in researc
2: No journal or conference publications in the past two years with little efforts to improve research capabilities.
1: No publications at all over the past three years with no effort to improve research capabilities.
• Publications: 30-80%
• Research Grants: 0-50%
• Self-Development: 20%
3 Services and Personal Development (10-30%)
3.1 General Guidelines:
i. It is the role of the head to capitalize on the strength of each member of the department by nominating them to different college, and department committees or assigning them other special duties such as coordination.
ii. Faculty members involved in services outside college should keep the head informed about their activities and their exact roles and contributions.
iii. All faculty members are expected to be members of professional societies both local and international. Every effort must be deployed to achieve this target.
iv. All faculty members are expected to engage in the implementation of the college and department strategic plan by being involved in relevant projects or tasks.
v. All faculty members are expected to engage in their personal development in one or several of the areas of teaching, research or community service so as to improve in any area of perceived weakness or in areas where the faculty wants to go from an excellent a
outstanding assessment.
vi. Services are expected to be delivered to the department, college and the profession through all available venues.
3.2. Evaluation Rubric
5: Exceptional contribution to and/or impact on a department/college committee, an active/leading role in supporting technical publications (journals, conferences), giving at least one seminar a year, exceptional student advising, providing consulting services, and
development efforts An excellent attitude and high level of collegiality.
4: Effective contribution to internal committees, active support of professional organizations, good and effective student advising, and clear self-development efforts. Very good attitude and collegiality.
3: Acceptable contribution to internal committees, basic contribution to student advising, occasional support of professional organizations, and minimum self-development efforts. Good attitude and collegiality.
2: Contribution to committees is attendance at most, weak student advising, no involvement in professional societies, and no sign of self-development.
1: No involvement in department, college or university services/activities, no student advising, and no evidence of personal development. The faculty member will get a warning and further action may be taken.
• Attitude of collegiality and initiative (15%)
• Contributions to department/college committees-(30-50%)
• External committees/consulting, journal editorial duties or membership in conference TPC (technical program committees), reviewer for technical publications; external service: (10-30%)
• Student advising: 15% (if applicable)
• Self-development, seminars/courses, etc. (10%)
The format of College Faculty Self Performance Appraisal Report is shown below:
4. Student Feedback
The subject feedback of each faculty is taken every semester from students. Faculty’s performance parameters are rated out of 5 and the overall performance percentage is calculated.
There is a well-defined format used for the analysis. Here is a sample of it:
After taking the feedback from the students, the score given by the students is consolidated and analysis is done for every faculty of the concerned subject.
Indices used for measuring the quality of teaching are as follows:
Once the analysis is ready, Principal, Dean of Academics and Head of the Department inform to each individual faculty and corrective measures are taken for the subjects where the feedback is less.
The feedback and analysis for the past Academic Years is given below.
ACADEMIC YEAR: 2014 – 15
I SEMESTER
5.9 Visiting/Adjunct/Emeritus Faculty etc. (10)
8.00
The following are the list of Subject experts visiting our institute for the past 3 academic years. The visit is arranged once/twice in a semester in the form of a expert guest lecture and the student is allowed to interact with the industry experts. The main aim is to expose th
latest technologies being used in the industry.
6 FACILITIES AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT (80)
6.1 Adequate and well equipped laboratories, and technical manpower (30)
30.00
Number of Weekly Technical Manpower Support

students utilization
status(all the Name of
Sr. Name of the per set Name of the Important Equipment courses for the
No Laboratory up(Batch
which the lab is Technical Designation Qualification
Size)
utilized) staff
Electronic a)Cathode ray oscilloscope b) Regulated

G Naveen Laboratory
1 Devices & 3 power supply c) Function generator d) 80% B.Tech
Kumar Assistant
Circuits Lab Stabilizer
Basic Simulation Ch Vinod Laboratory

2 1 a)Computers b) MATLAB Software 70% B.Tech
Lab Chary Assistant
a)Cathode ray oscilloscope b) Regulated

Laboratory
3 EC &PC Lab 3 power supply c) Function generator d) 66% B Pramod Dipolma
Assistant
Stabilizer
Electrical a)AC Machines b)DC Machines c)Rectifier Laboratory

4 5 85% P Suman B.Tech
Technology Lab d)MC and MI instruments e)Rheostats Assistant
a) Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes b) Function

Analog K Raj Laboratory
5 3 Generators c) Computers d) Matlab Software 66% B.Tech
Communication Mohan Raju Assistant
e) Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer
a) Cathode Ray Osiloscopes b) Xilinx c)
ICA and HDL Laboratory
6 3 Function Generators d) Computers e) IC 70% R Kiran B.Tech
Simulation Lab Assistant
Tester f) Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer
Microprocessors a) Universal 8086 Microprocessor &
Ch Laboratory
7 & 1 8051Controller kits b) ADC Module c) DAC 80% B.Tech
Srinivasulu Assistant
Microcontrollers Module d) Stepper Motor interface
Digital signal a)Digital Signal Processing Kits b) Computers Lab

8 1 70% B Kishan B.Tech
Processing c) MATLAB Software d) CC Studio Technician
a) Reflex Klystron Test Bench Setup b) Gunn

Microwave
Diode Bench Setup c) Analog Cathode Ray
Engineering & K Raj Laboratory
9 3 Osiloscopes d) VSWR Meter e) Digital 66% B.Tech
Digital Mohan Raju Assistant
Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes f) Stabilizer g)
Communication
Function Generators
a)Computers b)Xilinx Software c)Mentor
e-EAD & VLSI Laboratory
10 1 Graphics(FE&BE) d)FPGA Boards e)CPLD 66% B.Pavan B.Tech
Lab Assistant
Boards f)PSoC Kits
6.2 Additional facilities created for improving the quality of learning experience in laboratories (25)
25.00
Sr. Facility Areas in which students are expected to have enhanced

Details Reason(s) for creating facility Utilization
No Name learning
LCD/OHP To provide better understanding By PPT Presentations on To present the design & development of the circuits related to the experiments in better grasping and perception by visual presentation compared to
1 EPSON
projector related Activities the prescribed syllabus oral / audio
Will have access to the state of the art technologies and developments
2 Internet Beam Modern Tool Usage for providing better understanding To demonstrate various designs available from various NPTEL videos, animations
in their areas of interest
3 Printer HP Laser To take the printouts of important documents as ready To display the important documents like circuit diagrams ,precautions , complex With such quick access tools and frequent reference the retention is
reckoner . wave forms ,timing diagrams etc for ready reference always better.
To display the important documents like circuit diagrams ,precautions , complex such quick access to important information servers the purpose of
4 Charts omniscience For quick reference of gist of all experimental data
wave forms ,timing diagrams etc for ready reference regular recapitulation
To give the uninterrupted power supply for continuity of work Without UPS students quite often lose their valuable time in
5 UPS Physitech Extended to all Laboratories.
without interruption conducting the experiments repeatedly from beginning
To give the regulated power supply so as to avoid the damage Considerable time of students is lost in repairing the damaged
6 Stabilizer falcon Extended to all Laboratories.
of equipment during power fluctuations. equipment.
College designed To give proper guidance for students to conduct the lab Enable students to conduct the experiments precisely with full
7 Lab manuals Provided to all students at the beginning of each semester
instruction manuals experiments understanding.
This will give some insight into the details of the components &
8 Data sheets Manufacturer Desirable study material. Provided as supplement to laboratory manuals.
equipment used in the experiment .
This will give complete insight into the details of the components &
9 Handbook Manufacturer Desirable study material. Provided as supplement to laboratory manuals.
equipment used in the experiment.
Storage
10 Falcon To observe the input and output waveforms of the experiments For acquiring and archiving the complete wave forms data related to experiments. Will serve as a permanent record for further study and analysis
Oscilloscope
Can study and analysis of the various types of experiments in a single trainer kit
11 Trainer Kits Physitech To do the complex experiments within very little time to setup. Can conduct more experiments in a relatively short time
within a short time
6.3 Laboratories: Maintenance and overall ambiance (10)
10.00
Maintenance of Hardware Labs:
Step 1: Establishing the perimeters of our labs according to our organizations rules.
Concerned Lab In-charges will decide what search terms or websites our students require for that lab. We also establish the criteria for firewall.
Step 2: If you have many parts to organize, label a bin or box for each category.
There should be room for growth. Open bins allow for faster access while boxes can more easily be stacked. If you are unsure how big a box is needed sort your parts into piles first. Sample categories are "Intern
cables", "A/V cables", "Network and Phone Cables", "Small power supplies"
Step 3: Label three adjacent sides of each box or bin so they need never be turned, removed or inserted in a consistent manner to see what category of parts it contains.
A label maker can make particularly easy to read labels.
Step 4: Put each part or set of identical parts (such as screws or small cables) in a clear closeable plastic bag such as a "zipper" sandwich bag.
This is very important because plastic bags are compact, do not lock together, and are slippery. They cannot tangle and can be slid about to find what one is looking for or even dumped out onto a flat surface and sco
returned to the box later. They are reusable and last a long time stored in a box. Clear bags eliminate the need to label contents.
Step 5: Parts with original small containers can stay in them.
OVERALL AMBIENCE
All laboratories are equipped with modern equipments to meet the requirement of curriculum.
Laboratory manuals are prepared and are available in soft and hard copy.
All laboratories are well furnished.
Laboratories kept open beyond office hours as per the need.
All laboratories have sufficient natural light, good ventilation with tubes and fan arrangement.
Overall ambience of laboratory is good.
CODE OF CONDUCT FOR THE LABORATORIES
All students must observe the Dress Code while in the laboratory.
Sandals or open-toed shoes are NOT allowed.
Foods, drinks and smoking are NOT allowed.
All bags must be left at the indicated place.
The lab timetable must be strictly followed.
Be PUNCTUAL for your laboratory session.
Program must be executed within the given time.
Noise must be kept to a minimum.
Workspace must be kept clean and tidy at all time.
Handle the systems and interfacing kits with care.
All students are liable for any damage to the accessories due to their own negligence.
All interfacing kits connecting cables must be RETURNED if you taken from the lab supervisor.
Students are strictly PROHIBITED from taking out any items from the laboratory.
Students are NOT allowed to work alone in the laboratory without the Lab Supervisor
USB Ports have been disabled if you want to use USB drive consult lab supervisor.
Report immediately to the Lab Supervisor if any malfunction of the accessories, is there.
BEFORE LEAVING THE LAB
Place the chairs properly.
Turn off the system properly
Turn off the monitor.
Please check the laboratory notice board regularly for updates.
6.4 Project laboratories (5)
5.00
Mention facilities & Utilization
6.5 Safety measures in laboratories (10)
10.00
Sr. No Laboratory Name Safety Measures

1. Power must be switched off whenever an experiment or project
is being assembled or disassembled 2, Make measurements in live
circuits with well insulated probes and one hand behind your back.
3. Do not allow any part of your body to contact any part of the
circuit or equipment connected to the circuit. 4. Ask the instructor
to check out your constructed circuit before applying power. 5.
Wearing a ring or watch can be hazardous in an electrical
1 Electronic Devices & Circuits
laboratory since such items make good electrodes for the human
body. 6. Never handle wet, damp or ungrounded electrical
equipment. 7. Never touch two pieces of equipment
simultaneously 8. Shoes must be worn at all times. 9. Report any
damages to equipment, hazards, and potential hazards to the
laboratory instructor 10. If in doubt about electrical safety, see the
laboratory instructor.
1. Do not misbehave in the computer laboratory 2. Do not remove
2 Basic Simulation anything from the computer without permission 3. Avoid stepping
on electrical wires or any other computer cables. 4. Do not open
the system unit casing or monitor casing particularly when the
power is turned on 5. Do not insert metal objects such as clips,
pins and needles into the computer casings. They may cause fire.
6. Do not plug in external devices without scanning them for
computer viruses. 7. Students should not attempt to repair, open,
tamper or interfere with any of the computer, printing, cabling, air
conditioning or other equipment in the laboratory. 8. Know the
location of the fire extinguisher and the first aid box and how to
use them in case of an emergency. 9. Report fires or accidents to
your lecturer/laboratory technician immediately. 10. Report any
broken plugs or exposed electrical wires to your
lecturer/laboratory technician immediately.
1. Keep the INTENSITY on oscilloscopes as LOW as possible
when in use and all the way down when not in use to avoid burning
out the screen. 2. Always OBSERVE POLARITY when
connecting components into a circuit, especially with electrolytic
capacitors 3. DOUBLE CHECK circuits for proper connections
and polarity prior to applying the power. 4. KEEP soldering irons
in their protective STAND when not in use 5. You must not
remove test equipment, test leads or power cables from any lab
without permission. 6. Do not use any equipment unless you are
3 EC&PC trained and approved as a user by your supervisor. 7. You are
expected to comply with instructions, written or oral, that the
laboratory Instructor gives you during the course of the laboratory
session 8. Eating, smoking and drinking in the laboratories are
forbidden. 9. You should inspect laboratory equipment for visible
damage before using it. If there is a problem with a piece of
equipment report it to the technician or lecturer. DO NOT return
faulty equipment to a storage area 10. You must ensure that at the
end of the laboratory session all equipment used is stored away
where you found it.
1. Gloves and apron should be worn at all times when dealing with
certain equipment. 2. Students are instructed to wear the formal
shoe to avoid the electrical shocks 3. Students are supposed to
maintain the proper clearance to avoid the electrical shocks. 4.
Fire Protection pipe is fitted nearby Laboratory. 5. Laboratory
floor is insulated to avoid electrical shock 6. Work on live
equipment is only permitted if there is no alternative. Supervision is
4 Electrical Technology compulsory. 7. Never open field circuits of DC motors because
the resulting dangerously high speeds may cause a “mechanical
explosion”. 8. Avoid heat dissipating surfaces of high wattage
resistors and loads because they can cause severe burns. 9. Some
components (particularly large wattage resistors) have exposed
metal that is electrically “hot.” Take extra care when working with
these components. 10. Never touch electrical equipment while
standing on a damp or metal floor.
1. Keep the INTENSITY on oscilloscopes as LOW as possible
when in use and all the way down when not in use to avoid burning
out the screen. 2. Always OBSERVE POLARITY when
connecting components into a circuit 3. DOUBLE CHECK
circuits for proper connections and polarity prior to applying the
power. 4. KEEP soldering irons in their protective STAND when
5 Analog Communication not in use 5. You must not remove test equipment, test leads or
power cables from any lab without permission. 6. Do not use any
equipment unless you are trained and approved as a user by your
supervisor. 7. You are expected to comply with instructions,
written or oral, that the laboratory Instructor gives you during the
course of the laboratory session 8. Eating, smoking and drinking in
the laboratories are forbidden. 9. You should inspect laboratory
equipment for visible damage before using it. If there is a problem
with a piece of equipment report it to the technician or lecturer.
DO NOT return faulty equipment to a storage area
1. Do not misbehave in the computer laboratory 2. Do not remove
anything from the computer without permission 3. Avoid stepping
6 ICA and HDL Simulation Lab computer viruses. 7. Students should not attempt to repair, open,
1. Try not to touch any of the circuit boards and power sockets
when a device is connected to them and switched on. 2. Take a
note of all the exits in the room, and also take note of the location
of fire extinguishers in the room for the sake of fire safety. 3. Look
away from the screen once in a while to give your eyes a rest. 4.
7 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers
Do not spill water or any other liquid on the machine, in order to
maintain electrical safety. 5. First Aid boxes are located in various
locations within the Computer Laboratory and lists of qualified first
aiders in the department. 6.Smoking in the computer laboratory is
strictly prohibited
1. Fire Protection pipe is fitted nearby Laboratory. 2. No
equipment given to student without proper demonstration. 3. Any
8 Digital signal Processing unsafe or dangerous behavior of the equipments informed to
concern authority. 4. Electrical works frequently reviewed by an
electrician
1. Follow all written and verbal instructions carefully. If you do not
understand the instructions, the handouts and the procedures, ask
9 Microwave Engineering& Digital Communication the instructor or teaching assistant. 2. Never work alone! You
should be accompanied by your laboratory partner and / or the
instructors / teaching assistants all the time. 3. Perform only those
experiments you find in the instructions or authorized by the
instructors. 4. Unauthorized experiments are prohibited. 5. Read
the handout and procedures before starting the experiments. 6.
Appropriate personal protective clothing must be worn at all times
in laboratories and comply with instructions to students.
1.Do not misbehave in the computer laboratory 2. Do not remove
anything from the computer without permission 3. Avoid stepping
10 e-CAD & VLSI Lab computer viruses. 7. Students should not attempt to repair, open,
7 CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT (50)
7.1 Actions taken based on the results of evaluation of each of the POs & PSOs (20)
20.00
Identify the areas of weaknesses in the program based on the analysis of evaluation of POs & PSOs attainment levels. Measures identified and implemented to improve POs & PSOs attainment levels for the assessment years
POs Attainment Levels and Actions for Improvement- (2014-2015)
POs Target Level Attainment Level Observations
PO 1 : Engineering Knowledge
PO 1 2 2.3 Target level has been achieved.

Action1:The department is continuously making efforts to impart practical knowledge to students. Action2:The R&D Projects are being carried out in the department with the support of industry establishments.
PO 2 : Problem Analysis
Action1:The faculty and industry experts jointly demonstrating problem analysis skills in electronics & communication domain. Action2:By exposing students to a variety of real time problems, we are enhancing their problem analysis ability.
PO 3 : Design/development of Solutions
PO 3 2 1.9 Students did not validate the effectiveness of their solutions.

Action1:The faculty in the department has been following the practice of giving design problems as assignments to students to enhance their problem solving ability. Action2:In the department there are appreciable number of PhD Scholars who are exposing the students
design & development related topics thereby enhancing their skill set in evolving solutions. Action3:Students will be required to write an analysis of the problem-solving process and its outcome(s).
PO 4 : Conduct Investigations of Complex Problems
Action1:The department is initiating by giving variety of real time problems in ECE by way of mini & major projects. Action2:The department is undertaking consultancy projects from industry in which faculty and students carry out their investigations of complex projec
PO 5 : Modern Tool Usage
PO 5 2 1.6 Students need additional opportunities to model complex engineering activities utilizing appropriate techniques a
Action1:As being autonomous institution we have incorporated advanced tools in to the curriculum and hence students are more enthused to develop real time ECE applications. Action2:Due to the advancement of digital technology & availability of internet facility, stud
access to learning resources including modern tools across the globe.
PO 6 : The Engineer and Society
PO 6 2 1.6 Deviation of 0.4 has been observed
Action1:The role of engineer in society will be more broadly addressed across the program curriculum. Action2:The department has initiated & conducted no.of. societal programs under the aegis of NSS and other student chapters and hence the students are utilizing th
solve societal day to day problems. Action3:After getting exposed to variety of courses in the program, students develop a sense of responsibility to work for the betterment of the society.
PO 7 : Environment and Sustainability
PO 7 2 1 Deviation of 1 has been observed

Action1:Exploration of environment and sustainability issues will be more broadly addressed and integrated across the program curriculum Action2:In the autonomous curriculum the department has introduced environmental science as a compulsory course to all the stu
an awareness about the environment. Action3:The students also take part in the outdoor field work to better appreciate the importance of the environment and they also conduct workshops to the general public.
PO 8 : Ethics
PO 8 2 1 Students were able to identify ethical issues and create solutions, but had difficulty defending the solutions.
Action1:In the autonomous curriculum the department has introduced “Professional Ethics” as a compulsory course to enhance their moral and ethical values. Action2:The department is conducting workshops by external experts to all the faculty and students to drive ho
importance of ethics in human society.
PO 9 : Individual and Team Work
PO 9 2 1.7 Students do not know how to resolve interpersonal/intra team conflict.

Action1:Students will participate in a conflict management workshop within the context of the class. Action2:The faculty in the department has been following the practice of conducting laboratory experiments, mini & major projects to promote their individual and team
Action3:The departments is also conducting workshops for students and faculty by external experts to enhance their skills.
PO 10 : Communication
PO 10 2 1.44 Students were able to formulate good solutions but were not able to effectively communicate them to the intend
Action1:Students will be required to: Submit draft documents to faculty for preliminary feedback. Practice oral presentations. Action2:The department has introduced English Laboratory (Advanced Communications) to improve the communication skills of the students.
department is offering training program from Cambridge university namely BEC for improving the Business/Professional Communication skills of students. Action4:The Department also conducting various online training program for improving their communication skills.
PO 11 : Project Management and Finance
Action1:The department has introduced MS & MEFA courses for ECE students as a result the students got familiarized with the concepts of project management and finance. Action2:The department is organizing various workshops by external experts in the area of p
management and finance to improve their knowledge.
PO 12 : Life-long Learning
Action1:As the technology is advancing rapidly the students are encouraged to keep up with their learning habits to gain more knowledge in their specific domain. Action2:Our faculty is adopting a student centric approach in teaching which basically encourages them to
continuous learning habit among the student community.



PO 8 : Ethics
PO 8 2 1.1 Students were able to identify ethical issues and create solutions but had difficulty defending the solutions.
PO 9 2 1.8 Students do not know how to resolve interpersonal/intrateam conflict.


PO 3 2 2 Target level has been achieved.

PO 8 : Ethics
PO 8 2 1.1 Students were able to identify ethical issues and create solutions but had difficulty defending the solutions.

PO 9 2 1.9 Students do not know how to resolve interpersonal/intrateam conflict.
PSOs Attainment Levels and Actions for Improvement- (2014-2015)
PSOs Target Level Attainment Level Observations
PSO 1 : To develop a student community who acquire knowledge by ethical learning and fulfill the societal and industry needs in various technologies of core field.
PSO 1 2 2.61 Target level has been achieved.
Curriculum currently achieves expected outcomes no action at this time.
PSO 2 : To nurture the students in designing, analyzing and interpreting required in research and development with exposure in multi disciplinary technologies in order to mould them as successful industry ready engineers/entrepreneurs
PSO 3 : To empower students with all round capabilities who will be useful in making nation strong in technology, education and research domains.
7.2 Academic Audit and actions taken thereof during the period of Assessment (10)
10.00
Academic audit is a regular feature in the department, being an ISO 9001-2015 certified institute, annual academic audit is done by the external auditors. Observations brought out by the team are promptly auctioned. In addition to this internal
regular intervals which is ordered by the principal and auditors from other department are detailed to carry out. The terms and references are framed by the head of the institution based on his observations and feedback from previous audits
audit team valuates the following important aspects in the department.
7.2.1 ACADEMIC ACTIVITIES:
A) COURSE FILE: Every Faculty Member has to prepare Course File in the concerned subject according to the guidelines given from the department, shown below.
COURSE FILE CONTENTS
B) TIME TABLES: A well planned time table with all necessary information will be prepared well in advance and will be displayed in the department notice boards. A sample copy of the same is given below
C) LAB INFRASTRUCTURE: The laboratories are equipped with sufficient hardware and licensed software to run the program.
Each lab operates according to the schedule which is given by the department. Time Table for the specific semester/branch.
NOTE: Each laboratory course consists of two sessions (three periods) every week. Each laboratory maintains a Stock registers detailing the equipment history within it
D) EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE: Periodically equipment maintenance is done
E) STUDENTS FEEDBACK: Feedback is collected for all classes. The students are given with feedback forms containing the questions concerning the faculty who deals with the respective classes. The questionnaire is designed to enable them to give their opinion as
good, satisfactory, and poor. We calculate the score for each faculty and are forwarded to the principal. The students are also allowed to write whatever comments they want to make about the teachers which will be finally checked by Principal and HOD and forwarde
concerned
F) STUDENTS ASSIGNMENTS: In a semester two assignments are given to the students at the internal examination and evaluated for 5 marks
G) LAB INVENTORY LOG BOOKS: Maintained in each laboratory
H) USAGE OF CLEANING MATERIALS: Periodically cleaning of materials is done and the action are maintained
I) TIMELY COMPLETION OF SYLLABUS: Continuous feedback is taken from all the staff members in regard to complete the syllabus on time
J) MAINTENANCE OF ALL OFFICE FILES: The department has check list regarding the maintenance of the office files accordingly the files are maintained and updated on time to time.
K) FACULTY PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL: Faculty Self Appraisal is taken at the end of the every academic year and the feedback is given to each individual faculty member for further improvement.
ACADEMIC AUDIT FOR IMPROVING TEACHING LEARNING PROCESS
The format of the checklist maintained for valuating facilities is as follows:
1. Academic Audit
A sample Academic Audit Report for the Academic Year 2014-15 is given below
In addition to internal academic auditing, college has got ISO 9008-2015 Certification for all the departments where the team who visited the college has thoroughly checked all academic related files, laboratory files, library files, student related
given the certification which is shown below.
7.3 Improvement in Placement, Higher Studies and Entrepreneurship (10)
10.00
Assessment is based on improvement in:
• Placement: number, quality placement, core industry, pay packages etc.

• Higher studies: performance in GATE, GRE, GMAT, CAT etc., and admissions in premier institutions
• Entrepreneurs
7.3.1. Improvement in Placements
7.4 Improvement in the quality of students admitted to the program (10)
10.00
Assessment is based on improvement in terms of ranks/ score in qualifying state level/ national level entrances tests, percentage marks in Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics in 12th Standard and percentage marks of the lateral entry students.
Item CAY CAYm1 CAYm2
No of students admitted
National Level Entrance Examination
Opening Score/Rank
Closing Score/Rank
No of students admitted
State/ University/ Level Entrance Examination/ Others
Opening Score/Rank
Closing Score/Rank
Name of the Entrance Examination for Lateral Entry or lateral entry No of students admitted
details
Opening Score/Rank
Closing Score/Rank
Average CBSE/Any other board result of admitted students(Physics,
Chemistry&Maths)
8 FIRST YEAR ACADEMICS (50)
8.1 First Year Student-Faculty Ratio (FYSFR) (5)
5.00
Faculty Ratio(FYSFR) (5) Assessment = (5×15)/AverageFYSFR (Limited to Max.5)
Data for first year courses to calculate the FYSFR
Year Number Of Students(approved intake strength) N Number of Faculty members(considering fractional load) F FYSFR (N/F)
2012-2013 180 12 15
2013-2014 240 16 15
2014-2015 240 16 15
AverageFYSFR: 15.00
Assessment [ (5 * 15) / AverageFYSFR]: 5.00
8.2 Qualification of Faculty Teaching First Year Common Courses (5)
4.00
Assessment of qualification = (5x + 3y)/RF
x = Number of Regular Faculty with Ph.D,
y = Number of Regular Faculty with Post-graduate qualification
RF = Number of faculty members required as per SFR of 15:1, Faculty definition as defined in 5.1
Year x (Number Of Regular Faculty with Ph.D) y (Number Of Regular Faculty with Post graduate Qualification) RF (Number Of Faculty Members required as per SFR of 15:1 Assessment Of Faculty Qualification [ (5x
2012-2013 6 6 12 4.00
2013-2014 8 8 16 4.00
2014-2015 8 8 16 4.00
Average Assessment: 4.00
8.3 First Year Academic Performance (10)
7.33
Academic Performance=((Mean of 1st Year Grade Point Average of all successful Students on a 10 point scale) or (Mean of the percentage of marks in First Year of all successful students / 10)) x (number of successful students / number of students appeared in the exa
Successful students are those who are permitted to proceed to the second year.
Academic Performance
Total Number of successful students(Y) 235.00 226.00 179.00
Total Number of students appeared in the examination(Z) 240.00 237.00 180.00
API [X*(Y/Z)] 7.41 7.29 7.29
Average API[ (AP1+AP2+AP3)/3 ] : 7.33
Assessment [ 1.5 * Average API] : 7.33
8.4 Attainment of Course Outcomes of first year courses (10)
8.4.1 Describe the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of Course Outcomes of first year is done (5) 5.00
(Examples of data collection processes may include, but are not limited to, specific exam questions, laboratory tests, internally developed assessment exams, oral exams assignments, presentations, tutorial sheets etc.)
Data sources that are useful to consider in evaluating course outcomes are:
1. Final Exams, where the questions ranging from basics to challenging problems are used to assess the fundamental concepts, numerical and analytical skills
2. Subjective tests, where the questions ranging from basic to challenging problems are used to assess the fundamental concepts, numerical and analytical skills.
3. Objective tests, where the questions ranging from basic to challenging problems are used to assess the fundamental concepts, numerical and analytical skills.
4. Assignments on specific topics which involve application of concepts to solve a wide range of problems are given frequently to the students.
5. Student Portfolios which reveals the demonstrative skills, personal characteristics and accomplishments created by the students, if any.

The procedure for recording the attainment of Course Outcomes (COs) of all courses with respect to target attainment levels are explained as shown below:
Step-1: Assessment – CO matrix (Table: 1)
Assessment types used for obtaining Assessment-CO Matrix are:
1. Final Exams
2. Internal Exams (includes Subjective and Objective Tests)
3. Assignments
Based on Course Outcomes defined for each course, the Assessment-CO Matrix is obtained by reflecting percentage of COs contributed in each assessment type.
Finally the average percentage of each CO is calculated which will be considered as the target value to assess whether a particular CO is attained or not for a particular course.
For example, the Assessment-CO matrix table for the course Engineering Physics is shown below:
Table 1: Assessment-CO Matrix
Step-2: Overall Percentage Distribution (Table: 2)
As per the JNTUH, Hyderabad (Affiliated University), the Overall Percentage Distribution is shown below which is useful in calculation of attainment of COs
Table 2: Overall Percentage Distribution
Step-3: Student Marks according to each assessment group (Table: 3)
Student Marks are to be recorded as per the assessment type mentioned in Table 1. For the Course taken into consideration, Project and Practical Exam assessments are not applicable..
The marks are to be recorded for all the students who cleared the exam. In the table shown below, a sample of 15 student’s marks is shown.
Table 3: Students marks according to assessment type applicable
Step-4: Defining Normalized Equation to obtain Course Outcome Attainment (Table 4)
CO1= (0.2*FE*0.75)+(0.225*Int*0.2)+(0.2*A*0.05)
CO2= (0.2*FE*0.75)+(0.175*Int*0.2)+(0.2*A*0.05)
CO3= (0.2*FE*0.75)+(0.225*Int*0.2)+(0.2*A*0.05)
CO4= (0.2*FE*0.75)+(0.175*Int*0.2)+(0.2*A*0.05)
CO5= (0.2*FE*0.75)+(0.2*Int*0.2)+(0.2*A*0.05)
Where FE –Students Final Exam Marks
Int- Students Internal Test Marks
A-Students Assignment Marks
Step-5: Course outcome Attainment according to CO% of Assessment methods (Table: 4)
Using the formula defined in Step-4, Course Outcome Attainment is calculated for all the students who cleared the exam and a sample for 15 students is shown below.
Table 4: Course Outcome Attainment
Step-6: Calculation of CO% Attainment (Table 5)
The procedure to calculate the CO% Attainment is given below:
For first student
CO1=(7.9/20.8)*100;
CO2=(7.3/19.2)*100;
CO3=(7.9/20.8)*100;
CO4=(7.8/19.2)*100;
CO5=(7.9/20)*100;
The same procedure is used for all the students who cleared the course and a sample of 15 student’s calculation is shown below
Table 5: CO% Attainment
Step-7: Assessment of CO Attainment (Table: 6)
Finally, the assessment of CO attainment is done by comparing the obtained value with the Target CO% Value to be attained and recorded as YES/NO against each CO for the course considered which is shown below:
Table 6: Assessment of CO Attainment
8.4.2 Record the attainment of Course Outcomes of all first year courses (5) 5.00
Program shall have set attainment levels for all first year courses.
(The attainment levels shall be set considering average performance levels in the university examination or any higher value set as target for the assessment years. Attainment level is to be measured in terms of student performance in internal assessments with respect the C
plus the performance in the University examination)
CO ATTAINMENT OF ALL 1st YEAR COURSES FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2012-13
S.No Course CO Attainment Result
1 C101- English:
2 C102- Mathematics-1
C103- Mathematical
3
Methods
4 C104- Engineering Physics
5 C105- Engineering Chemistry
C106- Computer
6 programming & Data
Structures
7 C107 - Engineering Drawing
C108-Computer
8
Programming Lab
C109-Engineering
9
Physics/Chemistry Lab
C110-English Language
10
Communication Skills Lab
C111 - IT Workshop /
11
Engineering Workshop
CO ATTAINMENT OF ALL 1st YEAR COURSES FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14:
1 C101- English:
2 C102-Mathematics1
C103-Mathematical
3
Methods
4 C104-Engineering Physics
C105- Engineering
5
chemistry
C106- Computer
Structures
C107-Engineering
7
Drawing
C108-Computer
8
Programming Lab
C109-Engineering
9
10
11 C111 - IT Workshop /
CO ATTAINMENT OF ALL 1st YEAR COURSES FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2014-15:
1 C101- English
2 C102-Mathematics1
C103-Mathematical
3
Methods
4 C104-Engineering Physics
5 C105- Engineering chemistry
C106- Computer
Structures
7 C107-Engineering Drawing
C108-Computer
8
Programming Lab
C109-Engineering
9
10
C111 - IT Workshop /
11
8.5 Attainment of Program Outcomes from first year courses (20)
8.5.1 Indicate results of evaluation of ezch relevant PO and/ or PSO, if applicable (15) 15.00
(Describe the assessment processes that demonstrate the degree to which the Program Outcomes are attained through first year courses and document the attainment levels. Also include information on assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evalua
Program Outcome is based indicating the frequency with which these processes are carried out)
POs Attainment:
C101 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 3
C102 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
C103 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
C104 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
C105 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
C106 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
C107 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
C108 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - 3 -
C109 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - - 3 -
C110 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 3 3
C111 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 -
CO Attainment Level
Direct Attainment 2.64 2.82 2.55 2.64 2.27 2.18 1.82 1.82 2.45 3 2.18
InDirect Attainment 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO Attainment 2.71 2.86 2.44 2.71 2.42 2.34 2.06 2.06 2.56 3.0 2.34
PSOs Attainment:

C101 3 3 3
C102 3 3 3
C103 3 3 2
C104 3 3 3
C105 3 3 3
C106 3 3 3
C107 2 3 3
C108 3 3 3
C109 3 3 3
C110 3 3 3
C111 3 3 3
CO Attainment Level

Direct Attainment 2.91 3 2.91
InDirect Attainment 3 2 3
CO Attainment 2.93 2.8 2.93
8.5.2 Actions taken based on the results of evaluation of relevant POs (5) 5.00
(The attainment levels by direct(student performance) are to be presented through Program level Course-PO matrix as indicated)
PO 1 2 2.54 PO 1 Attained
ACTION-1 Encourage the students to attend appropriate workshops that improve their creativity in designing equipments and tools. ACTION-2 Guest lectures are conducted to add on value to the current program and course outcome.
ACTION-1 Students are motivated to solve wide range of problems of different authors other than the JNTU prescribed authors to sharpen the problem solving analytical skills. ACTION-2 To introduce new methodologies of teaching and learning process thereby de
course outcomes which give beyond the curriculum, enhancement of skills.
ACTION-1 Appreciable number of PHD scholars are exposing the students to various design and development related topics thereby enhancing their skill set in evolving solutions. ACTION-2 Competitive events like technical fest, engineer’s day, etc are organized to
habit of design and development of solutions.
ACTION-1 Online modules showcasing the concept related to complex engineering processes are shown to the students. ACTION-2 The arena of research and investigation is widened by inviting industry experts to share their expertise to synthesize the information w
conclusions.
PO 5 2 1.63 PO 5 NOt Attained

ACTION 1: The department supports and encourages every student to make use of internet, computer and latest technologies available to upgrade the students in their respective fields. ACTION 2: Laboratories are provided with necessary tools and software which a
industry.
PO 6 2 1.63 PO 6 Not Attained

ACTION 1: To equip the students with high engineering skills, the students are taken on field trips to areas of engineering hazards to give them an exposure to deliver sustainable engineering systems and robust physical infrastructure. ACTION 2: The department cond
discussions on various complex 21st century challenges to emphasize experiential learning and involve students to develop solutions bearing in mind the impact it may cause to the society.

ACTION 1: To educate the students on sustainable practices, hands-on-learning to maintain ecological balance is focused upon in their educational experience.
PO 8 : Ethics

ACTION 1: Students along with the help of the faculty members develop surveys detailing the questions “what you should ask yourself when making an ethical decision” ACTION 2: The College hosts ethical awareness training program which is conducted to bring ale
same among the students.

ACTION 1-To enhance the creativity in the students, the department has designed projects which are solely research oriented where the work has to be analyzed to draw conclusions. ACTION 2- To develop the analytical and creative skills, individual and group pre
assessed to help them express with clarity to bring out the creative and professional approach to the same.
ACTION 1: To show the students the gap that lies between formal and informal language and to bridge that gap between the college and the company, the trainers undertake language training and soft skill training activities.
ACTION 1: Real life situations are briefed out by industry experts from TCS and others to bring out the professional approach in training of the students. ACTION 2: Workshops are conducted to instruct the student about finance management since it is a major criter
executing a technical project
PO 12 2 2 PO 12 Attained
ACTION 1: The department holds expert talks to make the students aware of new trends and requirements of the companies/industry. ACTION 2: The students are motivated to attend workshops and seminars to know the importance of updating their knowledge to
their life and to achieve their long-term life goals.
ACTION-1 To improvise on the course outcome by introducing methodologies of teaching that goes beyond the JNTU curriculum to enhance the vistas of engineering knowledge. ACTION-2 Conduct guest lecture from time to time to add value to the existing profess
knowledge of students.
ACTION-1 Organize seminars that revolve round the problem analysis there by making the students aware about various troubleshooters thus providing solutions to resolve them. ACTION-2 Improvise the course outcome by introducing methodologies of teaching wh
beyond the curriculum to enhance problem solving analytical skills.
ACTION-1 The faculty in the department has been following the practice of giving problems as assignment thereby enhancing their capability for design/development of solutions. ACTION-2 To nurture this Program outcome, events like scientific models, technical fest
models are introduced.
ACTION-1 Industry experts are invited to share their ideas in the area of research and investigation so that students can resolve complex problems. ACTION-2 Exclusive methodologies are introduced during the lab session to improve the quality of conducting investig
ACTION 1: The subject experts conduct workshops to teach the students the selection of tools based on technical criteria. ACTION 2: Instructors give students an opportunity to participate in Project-based learning during the delivery of course
ACTION 1: The College encourages the students to participate in programs such as NSS, the Lion’s club, etc to enlarge their social outlook. ACTION 2: The faculty along with the learners engages in community development activities to recognize that the service to s
highest priority.
Action 1: Exploration of environment and sustainability issues are more broadly addressed and integrated across the program curriculum. Action 2: The students take part in the outdoor field work to better appreciate the importance of the environment.
PO 8 : Ethics
ACTION 1: The students are engaged in developing ethics case studies and are involved in discussions of the same with their peers. ACTION 2: The department has arranged workshops on “engineering disasters” to make the students retrospect on infrastructural mist
from their failure.
ACTION 1-The instructors give an opportunity to the students to involve themselves in fieldwork which improves their team skills. ACTION 2- The department frequently conducts workshops by industry experts for the students focusing on improvement of individual
ACTION 1-The English department highlights the importance of communication showing videos and exercises on listening activities to help students to focus on pronunciation and language usage. ACTION 2-The language trainers assess the students based on soft skill
communication skills thereby giving feedback to correct the students to give professional approach to the technical profession.
ACTION 1: Practical application of engineering knowledge is encouraged by assigning science projects to the students so that they also learn about the know how of finance in launching a product..
ACTION 1: The faculty posts articles on the notice boards to update the students on the changing technologies and the new developments happening. ACTION 2: Technical fests are organized to help the students focus on life-long learning and application
ACTION -1 The students is encouraged to participate in competitive events to expand their knowledge to apply their skills in complex engineering problems. ACTION-2 Giving hands on training by organizing workshops to create tools, equipment and infrastructu
circuit and non-
ACTION-1 Sharpen the problem- solving analytical skills by solving wide range of problems of different authors not restricting to only JNTU prescribed books. ACTION -2 Exposing the students by conditioning their cognitive sense to predict any problem shoote
solve it confidently through continuous practice. ACTION 3 The students are exposed to a variety of problems thereby enhancing their problem ana
ACTION-1 To develop different software and find their solutions exclusive guest lectures are organized to make the student improve the skill of developing and designing a tool concerned with engineering discipline. ACTION-2 Workshops are conducted to give a liv
of designing and creation of a tool that enables the student to work independently in any en
ACTION-1 The student is encourages to perform a variety of experiments and investigate it with valid conclusions. ACTION-2 The faculty is encouraged to introduce research based curriculum in laboratory sessions so that the students can think
ACTION 1: The faculty adds variety to the learning environment by engaging the students to give live demonstrations of each tool in a classroom environment. ACTION 2: The department has taken the students on field trips to various engineering sites to promote the
and applicatio
ACTION 1: For the students to interact with the community and appreciate their needs, the department has undertaken various fieldtrips. ACTION 2: The department holds science conference where the students get to interact with the industry experts to g
professional responsibility they have towa
ACTION 1: The course on environmental science has been introduced as a compulsory subject for all the students to create awareness about the environment. ACTION 2: The faculty organizes educational summits and workshops to allow the university profession
new opportuni
PO 8 : Ethics
ACTION 1: Students are provided with a classroom session every week to develop the overall personality conducive to professional ethics and active participation needed for a successful career. ACTION 2: To prepare each student for excellence, leadership rol
career paths, every student of the freshmen year is equipped with a manual on pro
ACTION 1- The department faculty focuses on conducting project research activities which involve individuals and teams in order to improve both types of skills ACTION 2- The teachers aim at developing the student by asking them to give individual and group p
technical and non-
PO 10 2 3 PO 10 Attained
ACTION 1- The faculty has focused on the common errors committed by the students and the same is corrected in their communication to develop grip over the basic language structure. ACTION 2-The instructors focus on the communication drawbacks, in “Just A
and Role plays” that are conducted to give exposure to real life situati
ACTION 1: The faculty involves in organizing fest and workshops so that the students may be benefited by demonstrating knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles. Action 2: The department encourages the pupils in organizing p
develop leadership qualities and manage projects in multidisciplinar
ACTION 1: The College organizes Counseling sessions for the students to help him/ her understand the importance of engaging in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change. Action 2: The faculty in the department is adopting a s
approach in teaching which encourages them to keep up with a continuo
PSO 1 2 2.36 PSO 1 Attained
Action 1: The faculty along with the students form cluster teams to conduct surveys and thus come to an understanding of the needs of the community.
Action 1: The department organizes guest lectures and workshops to expose them to the latest developments in the industry.
Action 1: The trainers aim at giving Soft skill training with an intention to reach the national goals and industry perceptions. Action 2: The institution aims at bringing out the hidden talents by conducting various creative competitions which are technically oriented.
9 STUDENT SUPPORT SYSTEMS (50)
9.1 Mentoring system to help at individual level (5)
5.00
Type of mentoring: Professional guidance/ career advancement/ course work specific/ laboratory specific/ all-round development. Number of faculty mentors : Number of students per mentor : Frequency of meeting :
(The institution may report the details of the mentoring system that has been developed for the students for various purposes and also state the efficacy of such system)
9.2 Feedback analysis and reward /corrective measures taken, if any (10)
10.00
Feedback collected for all courses: YES/NO; Specify the feedback collection process; Average Percentage of students who participate; Specify the feedback analysis process; Basis of reward/ corrective measures, if any; Indices used for measuring quality of teaching &
summary of the index values for all courses/ teachers; Number of corrective actions taken.
Feedback Collection Process:
The feedback is taken from the students once in a semester for every class of II, III and IV Year.
The format of the Feedback form is shown below.
After taking the feedback from the students, the score given by the students is consolidated and analysis is done for every faculty of the concerned subject.
Indices used for measuring the quality of teaching are as follows:
Once the analysis is ready, Principal, Director, and Head of the Department inform to each individual faculty and corrective measures are taken for the subjects where the feedback is less.
The feedback and analysis for the three Academic Years is given below.
ACADEMIC YEAR: 2014 – 15
I SEMESTER
II – I SEMESTER FEED BACK ANALYSIS
II ECE A (50)
II ECE C (48)
Basis of reward/corrective measures, if any:
System of Reward:
Best faculty award is given based on student’s feedback, HOD’s evaluation, the faculty’s self-appraisal report and the marks given by Faculty appraisal committee, headed by Principal. The increments and promotions are also bearing some effect on these scores.
Level of feedback is taken into account while evaluating the staff for promotion. Performance rating of faculty through student feedback system is one of the factors in evaluating the annual performance of the faculty.
Based on the annual performance of the faculty the annual increments are released.
Corrective Measures:
The faculties performing below average are asked for written explanation and counseled to improve their performance in future.
Senior faculty attends the class of the concerned teacher and the mode of improvement in teaching is suggested.
Those teachers who have not obtained good appraisals have a detailed discussion with the HOD on how to improve the teaching. Both study the metrics where the teacher has failed to impress the students and steps charted out, for improvement.
If the subject is new, concerned teachers are deputed for training.
Faculty development program is conducted regularly for all teachers who are new to the profession.
9.3 Feedback on facilities (5)
5.00
Assessment is based on student feedback collection, analysis and corrective action taken.
The feedback is taken from 200 students on the facilities provided in the college and the consolidated results are given below
Corrective Action Taken:
From the above analysis, we can observe that the students expressed Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory for the facilities provided listed in the following table for which the corrective action taken is also mentioned
9.4 Self-Learning (5)
5.00
(The institution needs to specify the facilities, materials and scope for self-learning/ learning beyond syllabus, Webinars, Podcast, MOOCs etc. and evaluate their effectiveness)
9.4.1 Scope for self learning

The department initiates in the academic and allied activities of the college to nurture critical thinking, self learning, creativity and scientific temper among students. The college believes that self-learning and learning beyond syllabus have a great scope in the de
career of an engineer.
Everything in engineering cannot be taught in the class room or laboratories. The explosion in knowledge related to applied science and engineering during the last century has been so much that four years is too short a period even to cover one branch of engineer
This fact calls for the relevance for self-learning for young engineers. What an institution should do is to provide adequate facilities for self learning to students so that they get motivated to learn more and more and ultimately become life-long learners and innovator
Motivation for self-learning should be provided in the classrooms. They should also be motivated to do things themselves so that they gain confidence to try anything with their own hands. An intuition should provide ample opportunities and facilities for these to stu
Students are given assignments, practical projects, to promote self learning. Learning Resource Centre, University LAN and internet resources help in self learning. The B Tech projects given to the students in final year also provide a good tool of self learning wh
practical knowledge to achieve objectives of the project.
9.4.2 Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus
Web-based Learning:
The internet is an open information system from where the students can obtain various kinds of information, media and materials such as texts, images, video sequences which can help them in a diverse way for generating self-learning environments. Due to its inter
(students) can gather information which is important in learning and helpful in accomplishing their learning objectives. Hence, the potential of the Internet self-learning mode is considered to be very high. Therefore, the Institute provides internet facility in both the acad
campuses for 24 hours to promote and motivate students to self-learning. The availability of internet facility allows them to learn and to gather the information from worldwide network without any interruptions.
The following facilities are provided to the students for their self-learning and learning beyond syllabus.
Infrastructure:
1. 24/7 internet access with Wi-Fi connectivity
2. Smart classrooms with audiovisual aids
3. Softwares, Language lab, Computer Labs etc.
Learning resources:
1. Committed faculty who motivate students in the process of their learning
2. Reputed Journals from IEEE, ACM, Springer, Wiley etc.
3. Online Databases and Digital Video
4. Licensed Soft wares
Learning with Multi-media:
Providing the information related to various web-based learning sites:
NPTEL
MITOPENCOURSEWARE
SCHOOL OF OPEN LEARNING, etc.
Availability of course material on intra-net Digital Library facility LCD projectors for presentation
Technical Symposiums:
Organizing annual events like, Electrosurge, SPCOM and various contests. Organizing various events like poster presentation, debate, awareness, etc. Motivating students to participate in inter-college events for paper presentation and project exhibitions.
The institution supports teachers to make learning efficient. The college provide a central library with all latest books and journals which the faculty can utilize effectively and provide comprehensive latest information to students. Students are encouraged t
independently to enhance their skills and knowledge.
Apart from this college provides seminar halls where the students can participate in group discussions, debates, seminars etc. The institution and faculty members support and encourage every student to make use of Internet, computers and latest technologies ava
themselves in their respective field of studies.
Student projects:
Each student is assigned a Mini project during Third year II semester and a Main project during Final year second semester. The students have the freedom to select projects of their choice in consultation with teachers. Execution of these projects by themselves
in developing independent thinking, organizing various elements of work in the project and finding solutions to problems they face. These projects inculcate creativity and innovative mind among students. The execution of these projects will help to lifelong learners
Promotion of research among Students:
The institution has taken keen interest to promote research culture among students. The steps taken in this regard at the college level are listed below:
1. Constitution of a Research Committee to mentor and monitor research among students and to inculcate a scientific and research environment in the college
2. Research project for all students are carried out in the campus itself to make them more research oriented.
3. Training programs at different levels are organized to introduce upcoming technologies
4. Encourage research paper presentations in National and International Seminars
5. Personal mentoring and guidance by the research supervisor throughout the research Process.
6. Scope for publishing eligible research results in the College Research journal.
These activities initiated by the college for promotion of research motivate students to think independently and go for self-learning and to learn their subjects of interest beyond syllabus
PODCAST
A podcast is a form of digital media that consists of an episodic series of audio, video, digital radio, PDF, or ePub files subscribed to and downloaded through web syndication or streamed online to a computer or mobile device. The department maintains a colle
videos of all subjects related to the curriculum and will be made available to the students. The list of NPTEL Video lectures available in the department are mentioned below:
MOOCs
A massive open online course (MOOC) is an online course aimed at unlimited participation and open access via the web. In addition to traditional course materials such as filmed lectures, readings, and problem sets, many MOOCs provide interactive user for
community interactions among students, professors, and teaching assistants (TAs)
The college is providing Online Training courses in association with Globarena Technologies Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad, pioneers in providing Online Training for Professional Skills Development (PSD) Program provided for students.
Similarly many certification courses are conducted for students on regular basis to nurture them and make them Industry ready engineers.
The lists of certificate courses conducted in the department are given below:
9.5 Career Guidance, Training, Placement (10)
10.00
(The institution may specify the facility, its management and its effectiveness for career guidance including counseling for higher studies, campus placement support, industry interaction for training/ internship/ placement, etc.)
To make a career and thus a living is very important in a life. Students have to be very objective in deciding a career.
Career choice made turns the life of a person by a great measure. Although salaries matter, if students get into a field which they love, they will be happy throughout their life.
Many experts predict the emergence of new roles in the coming years with specialized educational courses evolving to serve the industry. The job market has become very dynamic over the years and you have to be very careful while deciding job role or else a cou
students for it.
MRCET has a very strong Training, Placement & Career Guidance Cell which will take care of provide training as per companies requirement and guiding the students as per their choice.
Vision:
The MRCET Training, Placement & Career Guidance Cell is committed to the professional progress of students through integrating the career issues within an academic environment for realizing their best possible career path.
Mission:
The MRCET Training, Placement & Career Guidance Cell will help the undergraduate, postgraduate and MBA students through counseling, instructions and training for development of desired skills essential for suitable job profile/ higher education/ self employ
the Corporate Industries / Research or Academic Institutes/ Commercial Organizations/ Public Sector Undertakings for campus placement.
Objectives:
To prepare students to face campus interviews by arranging training in Aptitude tests, group discussions, preparing for Technical and HR interviews through professional trainers.
To organize campus interviews for final year students and summer internship(training) for third year students with industries and reputed business from all over India
To promote career counseling by organizing guidance lectures by senior corporate personnel.
Maintaining regular interaction with the industry through Seminars, Guest Lectures, Conferences, Corporate Meets etc
Providing requisite training to students in the area of Personality Development and Communication Skills
Collaborate with industry for live projects, Research work, Workshop or any academic alliance, Industrial visit with many industrial organizations.
Advisory Board:
PLACEMENT DETAILS
9.6 Entrepreneurship Cell (5)
5.00
(The institution may describe the facility, its management and its effectiveness in encouraging entrepreneurship and incubation) (Success stories for each of the assessment years are to be mentioned)
MRCET Entrepreneurship Cell
Vision:
To be the Center of Excellence for Entrepreneurial Skills Development.
Mission:
To expand the Entrepreneurship through training.

To develop entrepreneurial culture within the institutional mechanism by providing motivation, guidance and opportunity to students to become powerful women entrepreneurs of the society.
FUNCTIONS
To organize Entrepreneurship Development Programmes.

To initiate five innovative student projects each year for new innovative product development.
To organize Business Plan Competitions.
To provide technological & logistical assistance and awareness on Monetary fund sources to the prospective entrepreneurs.
To arrange interaction with entrepreneurs and create a mentorship scheme for student entrepreneurs.
An Entrepreneurship Development cell in association with Industry Institute Partnership Cell (IIPC) is established in the college to guide and make the students aware about the opportunities in self-employment and also promote entrepreneurship amongst the
management students. It is to focus on the fact that the students should become employers but not simply employees. This needs awareness skill development and opportunity finding along with financial and other feasibility issues. Programme on “Entrepreneursh
conducted in collaboration with ED Cell of JNTUH on September, 2011 in our college. Business experts and JNTU representative have enlightened the students of Engineering, MBA and MCA on this occasion.

MRCET Business Incubation Centre

Incubation centre, sponsored by MSME Technology has been established in 2010-11, with the following objectives and programmes:
1. Creation of Technology based incubates on a continuous basis
2. Help to create value added jobs and services
3. Introduction of entrepreneurial culture among students.
4. Create effective networking for the development of technology based start-ups
5. Develop internationally accepted technologies
6. Promote students to come up with commercially viable curriculum projects
7. Create student entrepreneurs
8. Create awareness about Technology Incubation and Commercialization of R & D products and processes.
9. Promote small and medium industries.
The following fields are identified by the students for the functioning of incubation centre
Business Development Area in making videogames etc.

Engineering tool development area
Small scale industries
Software Consultancy area

List of MOUs:
1.City Of Glasgow College, UK
2.Northern Arizona University, USA
3. International Technological University, USA
4.Institute of Technology Blanchardstown, Ireland
5.Indian Institute of Hardware Technology Ltd.
6.BARC Training School, NFC
7.Advanced Center for Atmospheric Science, SV University
8.National Aerospace Laboratories
9.Aeronautical Society of India
10. Vector Institute, Hyderabad
11. Orbit Educational Society, Hyderabad
12. Serveen Software Systems, Hyderabad
13. National Institute of Amateur Radio
14. National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC), Hyderabad
15. Robotspace Automation Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad
Successful story of MRCET-ECE Entrepreneur- Mr Roopak Jada:
Roopak Jada is an innovator and entrepreneur in the fields of Robotics and Automation, Internet of Things (IoT) and Embedded Systems. Technology was his passion since childhood, he was always intrigued by how everything around him worked. He began to tinker
to quench his thirst for understanding how things worked. He soon realized he required a technical course to channel this passion of his into something useful.
He took up Electronics and Communication Engineering at MRCET to educate himself about the technicalities of building real time solutions. While studying engineering he used to participate in many national level technical symposiums and bag awards in the robotic
competitions. During this time Roopak was approached by many to build customized robotic solutions for them. Owing to his expertise in robotics and presentation he was given a project to build 40 robots and setup a demo to introduce robotics to school kids durin
year of college.The project was executed by roopak in a months span with help from friends and family. The demo was successful and exhibited in over 40 schools in the states of Andhra Pradesh and Telangana. While the demo was a huge success Roopak wanted
solutions and was looking for opportunities.
In the summer that year Roopak joined Simple Labs a embedded solutions company in Chennai as an Intern(Robotics) for a period of 4 months to get some hands on experience with real time systems. During his stay at Chennai roopak developed many embedded sys
prototypes. Mr Prakash the founder of Simple Labs was impressed and asked Roopak to return soon as he had some innovative projects in mind on which he wanted Roopak to work on. Roopak returned the following December and worked on android accessory d
published companion apps for microcontrollers to add bluetooth and voice capability. The apps are highly rated and used by many people to date.
Roopak being entrepreneurial in nature always wanted to start a company of his own. After observing the need for technology services in his field he started Robotspace in January 2013 with support from his parents, college staff and the principal. Soon Robotspace sta
and serving clients in various locations even internationally with excellent client feedback. However it was not easy managing both study and a company, MRCET helped Roopak immensely during his time of hardship. Roopak says if not for the cooperation of the facu
and the college it would not have been possible for him to run Robotspace.
Robotspace is now a team of 6 people serving clients in the areas of Robotics and Automation, Internet of Things (IoT) and Embedded Systems. Robotspace also manufactures customized fully automatic drones for surveillance and monitoring application in telecom, oi
and defence industries. Robotspace was officially registered as Robotspace Robotics And Automation Pvt. Ltd. in June 2014, Roopak Jada now is the CEO & Managing Director of Robotspace Robotics And Automation Pvt. Ltd. In his free time Roopak can b
badminton, cooking, listening to music, debating over technology or training students. Roopak is always grateful to his parents, wellwishers, college and the ecosystem as he believes everyone contributed to his success. Roopak believes that “The success of a clien
yours” to everyone with entrepreneurial goals Roopak says “ Always work smart with a smile on your face and persist success will be yours”
About Roopak & MRCET:
Roopak Jada is a alumnus of MRCET, He pursued Electronics and Communication Engineering in the Dept of ECE, MRCET. MRCET has played an instrumental role in guiding him in the initial years of his career during college. He was supported by the faculty and c
his company. He was allowed to use extensively make use of the research facilities at the college and also received help from faculty whenever required. The college also helped him to connect to key people in the industry to help him get business. Roopak with th
helped setup a “Center of Excellence in Robotics” at Dept of ECE MRCET.
9.7 Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (10)
10.00
(The institution may specify the co-curricular and extra-curricular activities) (Quantify activities such as NCC, NSS etc.)
The College views extracurricular and co-curricular activities as integral to the holistic development of students. Opportunities are identified, created and opened to promote student participation in them. Financial support as well as training and development support are
institution appropriately.
The college helps the students in these activities in the following ways.
1. Additional academic support and flexibility in examination times are provided.
2. Students are informed of Special dietary requirements, provided with sports uniform, necessary materials and other relevant information
3. Students organize three days National Techno Cultural fest , Arts day, Ethnic day, College day, Engineers day, Teachers day, Onam and Christmas celebrations.
4. Department organizing seminars / workshops / invited talks from industry/inter college and intra college technical and cultural fest. Student chapters of various professional societies such as IEEE, CSI etc. function in the college.
5. With a view to honing the technical and cultural skills and talents of students, and to promote their aptitude for research and extension, the college offers both technical as well as non-technical clubs.
6. Students are given duty leave to participate in technical and cultural activities organized by the university or any other college.
7. For those who win the competition have been awarded the grace marks along with the internal marks.
EXTRA CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

Apart from academic achievements we take pride in our students achievements in sports activities. Our students have been the Winner Zonal & Central Zone in Foot Ball matches. Our students have also won the Runner of in Zonal Volley Ball Matches. We are
MRCET students are selected in the JNTU University Sports teams. The following are the students who are selected for different games:
1. Football Champions in JNTUH Zone ‘C’ tournament organized by St.Martins, 2012.

2. Foot Ball Champions in Srinidhi Tournament organized by SNIST, 2012
3. Football Runner up in MIT 2012 organize by Manipal University, 2012.
4. Badminton Single Champion in JNTUH Zone ‘C’ tournament organized by VVIT (Ms. Varsha, III/IV, IT Dept.,), 2012.
5. Volley Ball Runner up in Samrathan 2012 organized by MVSR, Hyderabad, 2012.
6. Divya R, I/IV got bronze medal in National Level Gymnastic Tournament organized by Haryana State.
7. Our student Got Silver Medal in Chess in BITS, Goa organized by BITS Goa.
8. Cricket champions at BITS Pilani, Rajasthan, 2011
The following are the students who are selected for different games:
10 GOVERNANCE, INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT AND FINANCIAL RESOURCES (120)
10.1 Organization, Governance and Transparency (40)
10.1.1 State the Vision and Mission of the Institute (5) 5.00
(Vision statement typically indicates aspirations and Mission statement states the broad approach to achieve aspirations)
Vision :

To have a perfect synchronization of the ideologies of MRCET with challenging demands of International Pioneering Organizations.
Mission :
To establish a pedestal for the integral innovation, team spirit, originality and competence in the students, expose them to face the global challenges and become pioneers of Indian vision of modern society.
10.1.2 Governing body,administrative setup,functions of various bodies,service rules, procedures, recruitment and promotional policies (10) 10.00
List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative bodies; their memberships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the meetings; and attendance there in, in a tabular form. A few sample minutes of the meetings and action-taken reports should be
The published rules including service rules, policies and procedures; year of publication shall be listed. Also state the extent of awareness among the employees/ students.
GOVERNING BODY:
The constitution and functioning of Governing Body, which is supreme, are detailed hereunder:
The Governing Body shall have at least eleven members including the Chairman and the Member-Secretary. The Registered Society / Trust shall nominate six members including the Chairma
Member-Secretary, and the remaining five members shall be nominated as indicated below
COMPOSITION GOVERNING BODY MEMBERS
S.No. Name Position
1 Sri. C. Sitapathi Rao Chairman
2 Ch. Mahender Reddy Member
3. Dr. N. Yadaiah Member (University Nominee)
Member (Government
4. Sri. C. Mallesham
Nominee)
5. Dr. S.K. Malik Member (UGC, Nominee)
6. Dr. T.C. Sarma Member (Nominee Council)
7. Sri. K. Suryanarayana Member
8. Sri. M.Shashikanth Member
9. Mr. U. S. Paul Russel Member
10. Prof. R. Madan Mohan Member
11. Prof. P. Sanjeeva Reddy Member
12 Dr. V.S.K.Reddy Member Secretary
Appointment of Chairman of the Governing Body:
The Chairman of the Governing Body shall preferably be a technical person either an entrepreneur or an industrialist or an educationalist of repute who is interested in the development of technic
education, and has demonstrated an interest in promotion of quality education in particular.
Meeting:
The Governing Body/ Board of Management shall meet twice a year.
In the absence of the Chairman, the members can elect a Chairman from amongst the members present for that meeting.
Functions:
1. To ratify the decisions of the academic council.
2. Approval of new courses recommended by the academic council
3. To appoint Principal/Director, the teaching and non teaching staff on the recommendations of the selection committees constituted under the relevant regulations of the universities.
4. Scrutinizing and approving the budgetary proposals.
5. Suggesting and approving the student development programs
6. Promoting industry institute partnership cell for student training and placement activities.
7. To monitor and evaluate the teaching programs in the college and suggest remedial measures.
8. To constitute committees, sub committees & standing committees for specific purpose delegating appropriate powers.
9. To perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as may be entrusted by the management.
10. Fix the fees and other charges payable by the students of the college on the recommendations of the Finance Committee.
11. Institute scholarships, fellowships, studentships, medals, prizes and certificates on the recommendations of the Academic Council
12. Approve institution of new programmes of study leading to degrees and/or diplomas.
13. Perform such other functions and institute committees, as may be necessary and deemed fit for the proper development, and fulfil the objectives for which the college has been declared as
autonomous.
In addition to being the supreme administrative authority of the College, the Governing Body shall have the following additional functions with respect to autonomy.
Academic Council:
The Academic Council will be solely responsible for all academic matters, such as, framing of academic policy, approval of courses, regulations and syllabi, etc. The Council will involve facu
levels and also experts from outside, including representatives of the university and the government. The decisions taken by the Academic Council will not be subject to any further ratificat
Academic Council or other statutory bodies of the university. The composition and functions of the Academic Council are;
Recommended composition of the Academic Council and its functions in an Autonomous college.
The Academic council will be responsible for all academic matters such as framing of academic policy, approval of courses, regulations and syllabi.
Term of Members: 2 years.
Composition:
S.No Name of the Person Designation Position
1 Dr. VSK Reddy Principal Chairman
Member
2 Prof. P Sanjeeva Reddy Professor & Director, ECE
Secretary
Professor & Director,

3 Prof. K Kailasa Rao Member
CSE/IT
4 Dr. S.Srinivasa Rao Head of the Dept., ECE Member
5 Prof. TBS Rao Professor Member
6 Prof. D Sujatha Head of the Dept., CSE Member
7 Prof. T Prakasam Head of the Dept., IT Member
8 Dr. PVV Sesha Talpa Sai Head of the Dept., MECH Member
9 Prof. MNVS Swetha Bala Head of the Dept., ANE Member
10 Prof. V Srinivas Reddy Head of the Dept., Mining Member
11 Dr. V Madhusudhan Reddy Head of the Dept., H&S Member
12 Prof. G Naveen Kumar Head of the Dept., MBA Member
Controller of Examinations
13 Dr. K. Ramakrishna Member
(CE)
14 Mr. B. Rajeshwar Reddy Administrative Officer Member
Meetings: Meeting will be convened once in a year.
I. Scrutinize and approve the proposals with or without modifications with Board of studies with regard to
a. Course study
b. Academic regulations
c. Curricular
d. Syllabi and modifications
e. Methods and procedures for Instructions & evaluations.
f. Academic council when defers on any proposals will return the matter for reconsideration to B.O.S with reasons.
II. Scrutinizing and approving the proposals for
a. Conduct of Examinations.
b. Evaluations & Results declaration and other connected issues like revaluation or modifications.
*When council defers on any proposal, it has a right to return for reconsideration of the examination committee or reject with reasons.
III. Framing procedures for evaluation & examination system.
IV. Make regulations for academic activities i.e teaching learning process, sports, and extracurricular activities.
V. Make regulations for sports , Extracurricular activities and proper maintenance of play grounds hostels as per requirements.
VI. Recommending the proposals of New courses to Governing Body.
VII. Recommending for Institutional scholarships, fellowships, Awards ,rewards and framing regulations.
VIII. Advice the Board of Governors on suggestions pertaining to academic affairs.
IX. Perform other functions as may be assigned by the governing Body.
FINANCE COMMITTEE:
The Finance Committee will advise the Governing Body on financial matters and shall meet at least twice a year. The composition and functions of the Finance Committee are
The composition and functions of Planning committee are given below
Dr. VSK Reddy, Principal – Chairman
Prof. P. Sanjeeva Reddy, Director, ECE – Member
Prof. K. Kailasa Rao, Director of CSE&IT – Member
Prof. TBS Rao, Director, ANE – Member
Dr. S. Srinivasa Rao, Head of ECE – Member
Dr. D. Sujatha, Head of CSE – Member
Dr. PHV Sesha Talpa Sai, Head of MECH – Member
Prof. T. Prakasam, Head of IT – Member
Prof. V. Srinivas Reddy, Head of MINING – Member
Prof. MNVS Swetha Bala, Head of ANE – Member
Dr. V. Madhusudhana Reddy, Head of H&S – Member
Prof. G. Naveen Kumar, Head of MBA – Member
Term of members: 2 years
Functions:
Finance Committee will propose the budget of the institution for construction, purchase of equipment, consumables etc., depending upon the finance available. The Committee formulate an
the budget estimates department-wise for purchase of lab equipments, consumables and non-consumables, year to year. The Committee estimates the probable inflows and outflows for th
institution and arrive at the budget.
PLANNING COMMITTEE
The composition and functions of Planning committee are given below
Sri. Ch. Mahender Reddy, Secretary, MRGI – Chairman
Dr. VSK Reddy, Principal – Convener
Mr. B. Rajeshwar Reddy, Administrative Officer – Member
Mr. K. Nagaraju, Accounts Officer – Member
Term of members: 2 years
Functions:
The Planning Committee is very important for establishing a path of progress for the institution from time to time. It should also monitor the progress from time to time. The Committee pla
things such as addition of new UG/PG programme and/or applying for additional intake for the existing programmes. It also plans the building required in the campus as also the need for ad
facility to the students to concentrate on their education.
CLASS REVIEW COMMITTEE:
Composition
Number Category Nature
Head of the Department

1 member Chairman
of the concerned branch
Nominated by the Head

6 Class Teachers
of the Department.

1 member Class Representative
of the Department

1 member Girl Representative
of the Department
Term of members: One Semester
Functions:
The vital function of this committee is to maintain close rapport with the students. The committee will observe, understand the feelings and discuss difficulties experienced by the students in bo
and any other matters for finding corrective measures.
The co curricular and extracurricular activities will be discussed with the members for selecting the programs. This enhances th e motivation and improves the performance of the students
Sample Minutes of Governing Body:
MINUTES OF THE GOVERNING BODY MEETING HELD ON 08TH Feb, 2014
The following members were present.
1. Sri. C. Sitapathi Rao, Director (ETDC Retd.,) - Chairman
2. Sri. Ch. Mahender Reddy, Secretary, MRGI - Member
3. Prof. C. Mallesham, Principal, IOE - Member
Govt. Nominee
4. Prof. SVL Narasimham, SIT, JNTUH - Member
Jnt University Nominee
5. Mr.U.S.Paul Russel, Sr.Manager, Air India - Member
6. Sri.S. Sasikanth, M.D. Volk Soft Tech. - Member
7. Dr. P. Ram Reddy, Director, MRIET - Member
8. Prof. P.Sanjeev Reddy, MRCET - Member
9. Dr. VSK Reddy, Principal - Member Secretary
The Principal Dr. VSK Reddy has extended a warm welcome to all the members for 9th governing body meeting. Firstly, the minutes of the meeting of the 8th governing body have been approved.
Dr.V.S.K Reddy, Principal has presented briefly the activities, achievements and other programs undertaken in the academic year 2013-14.
1. Unanimously resolved to apply to AICTE for Extension of Approval. Also resolved to apply for increase in intake and Additional Courses as mentioned below: 2014-2015
i. Extension of approval for existing programs/courses for the academic year 2014-15.
ii. Extension of PIOs approval by AICTE for the Academic Year 2014-15.
iii. B.Tech in Mechanical Engineering – 180 to 240 seats in 1st shift (Increase Intake)
iv. B.Tech in Civil Engineering – 60 seats in 1st shift (Additional Course)
v. M.Tech in Wireless and Mobile Communicants – 18 seats in 1st shift (Additional Course).
vi. M.Tech in Structural Engineering – 18 seats in 1st shift (Additional Course).
vii. M.Tech in VLSI and Embedded Systems – 24 seats in 2nd shift (Additional Course).
viii. M.Tech in Computer Science and Engineering – 36 to 54 seats in 2nd Shift (Increase Course).
2. Unanimously resolved to apply to AICTE for Closure of Courses/Programs/Reduction in Intake mentioned below: 2014-2015
i. Closure of B.Tech in Information Technology - 60 seats (1st Shift)
ii. Reduction of B.Tech in Aeronautical Engineering – 120 to 60 Seats (1st Shift)
iii. Closure of M.Tech in Computer Science – 18 Seats (1st Shift)
iv. Closure of M.Tech in Systems & Signal Processing - 18 seats (2nd Shift)
The members unanimously agreed for allocation of required funds to the college for the above mentioned
3. Prof. SVL Narasimham, SIT, JNTUH University Nominee, suggested that in presenting the result analysis differentiation should be made between number of students appeared and numb
students passed for better appreciation of results.
4. Prof. C. Mallesham, Principal, IOE Govt. Nominee, pointed out on the same issue that along with the results it is also required to indicate number of students appeared, passed and drop
in separate tabular form.
5. Technical tools:
Prof. SVL.Narasimham, advice that the old and outdated software’s like BORLEND C++ and TURBO C++ should be replaced with more advanced software’s like OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE, DEVELO
which is 32 bit base and MATLAB, CYLAB is preferable.
6. Utility Software:
He also advised that in place of MS Office ODF to be adopted. Similarly in place of MS Windows – Linux operating system to be installed. As it is less susceptible to virus and is more widely used
7. Industry academia interface: chairman of the body suggested that for post graduate courses to be introduced in the curriculum to cater to the specific needs of few industries.
Dr. VSK Reddy replied that this will be actively considered and implemented after obtaining autonomous status.
8. Sri. C. Sitapathi Rao, Director (ETDC Retd.,), advised the college to establish MOU with Indian Institute of Space Technologies located in Thiruvanantapuram, as it will be very useful for
students of Aeronautical Engineering.
9. Principal was very happy to inform the governing body members that there is a inspection towards NAAC Certification for the college.
10. Special Achievements:
The following are the major achievements of the MRCET during the academic year 2013-14.
• Accredited by NBA, AICTE, New Delhi.
• Accredited by NAAC-A Grade, UGC, Govt. of India.
• Institute has been certified with ISO 9001:2008
• Ranked ‘AA+’ among India’s Best Engineering colleges -2013, Survey by Careers360.
• Ranked 4th Among the Top Engineering Colleges of Excellence in AP Competition Success Review (CSR) -2013
• 9th Best B-School (Other than IIMs) in India for Academic Excellence by Silicon India Best B-School Survey.
• Ranked as one of the Best Engineering Colleges in India - Survey conducted by Outlook Magazine.
• Granting of Permanent affiliation status from JNTU, Hyderabad.
• Institute has entered an MoU with National Aerospace Laboratories (NAL), Bangalore.
• Grant of about Rs. 100 Lakhs sanctioned by AICTE, Govt. of India for various projects under Research & Development.
• Industry Institute Partnership Cell (IIPC)
• MRCET is a life member of NHRD Network
• Global Education and Career Counseling Centre to promote International Education.
• CISCO International Certification Authorized Centre.
• ESOL Examinations (BEC) University of Cambridge, UK.
• Approved to admit Foreign Students/PIO’s
• Nodal Center: IIT – Bombay for Technology Transfer
• Nodal Center: IIT – Kharagpur for Technology Transfer
• Microsoft Innovative Center at Campus to expose the students in the latest technologies.
• MoU with Microsoft Dynamics Package
• NASSCOM Nodal Center for NAC-Test Assessment
• JAVA Certification through Oracle Academy
11. The college is recognized as a nodal centre for conducting “Faculty Development Programs” by IIT Kharagpur. A program on “Signals and Systems” is organized from 14th January to 2014
for the benefit of faculty from different colleges. IIT Kharagpur has conferred the certificates to the participants for their active role.
12. Technical Fests:
The following technical fests are organized during the year 2013-14
§ Technical Fest on “Electro Shurge - 2013” (ECE)
§ Technical Fest on “Espirito ‘2013’” (CSE)
§ Technical Fest on “Aerodyne - 2013” (AE)
§ Technical Fest on “Techtrix-2013” (IT)
§ Technical Fest on “Sankalp - 2013” (MBA)
The student response from various colleges is very encouraging and more than 1500 students have participated in the fest. The students had actively participated in the event like Paper Presenta
Robotics Workshops, Business Young Manager, Technical/Business Quiz etc.,
13. Campus Placements:
About 200 students are recruited in various prestigious companies in campus recruitment drives. The lists of the companies which have come for campus drive include CSC, TERA DATA, HCL Techn
Mahindra Satyam, Tech Mahindra, HDFC, Cognizant, Symantic Space Technologies, Infosys, NTT Data, Tech Mahindra, Genpact, Amazon, IKYA Human Solutions, Celebron Technologies etc.
14. Students Results:
The results of B.Tech and MBA are encouraging and the efforts of faculty are appreciated.
15. IIPC Activities:
Evaluation Report was submitted to AICTE
16. Budget Proposal
The budget for the year 2013-14 is presented for discussion and approval as appended at Annexure. After deliberating in detail the budget is approved for the year 2013-14.
17. Delegation of Financial Powers:
The governing body approves the delegation of financial powers to the principal, HODs and relevant incharges in the proportion mentioned below:
Principal - 25,00,000/-
HOD’s - 33,00,000/-
Relevant incharges - 1,00,000/-
18. Decentralization in working:
The Governing Body approves the constitution of a committee for implementing the de-centralization in working of the institution with the following members
Dr. VSK Reddy, Principal – Member Secretary
19. Foreign University Collaborations
The college has made efforts to collaborate with the following universities and is in dialog for finalizing the programs.
· Northern Arizona University, USA
· University of Highlands & Islands, Scotland, UK
· International Technological University, Silicon Valley, USA.
· University of Technology, Blanchard town, UK
· City of Glasgow college UK
18. Electronic Surveillance:
C.C. cameras were installed in the campus for ensuring discipline, as an Anti-Ragging
measure and for achieving Academic excellence.
I. All the board members appreciated the principal Dr. V.S.K Reddy for the successful growth and achievements in all aspects.
II. College has applied for the permanent affiliation status under JNTUH Hyderabad from the academic year 2013-14 and the same is presented for the kind approval of the Governing Body.
III. The Institute is about to send a proposal for the UGC Autonomous status for which the approval of the Governing Body is anticipated.
IV. Prof. P.Sanjeev Reddy, thanked all the members for sparing their valuable time and making useful suggestions. He requested for their continued cooperation and valued suggestions.
The meeting concluded with a vote of thanks to the chair.
MINUTES OF THE GOVERNING BODY MEETING HELD ON 14TH March, 2015
The following members were present.
1. Sri. C. Sitapathi Rao, Director (ETDC Retd.,) - Chairman
2. Sri. Ch. Mahender Reddy, Secretary, MRGI - Member
3. Prof. C. Mallesham, Principal, IOE - Member
Govt. Nominee
4. Prof. SVL Narasimham, SIT, JNTUH - Member
Jnt University Nominee
5. Mr.U.S.Paul Russel, Sr.Manager, Air India - Member
6. Sri.S. Sasikanth, M.D. Volk Soft Tech. - Member
7. Dr. P. Ram Reddy, Director, MRIET - Member
8. Prof. P.Sanjeev Reddy, MRCET - Member
9. Dr. VSK Reddy, Principal - Member Secretary
I. The Principal Dr. VSK Reddy has extended a warm welcome to all the members for
Governing Body Meeting.
Firstly, the minutes of the meeting of the last governing body have been approved. The agenda points were further discussed.
II. Dr. VSK Reddy, Principal has presented briefly the activities, achievements and other programs undertaken in the academic year 2014-15.
1. UG and PG Programmes
The following courses are being conducted with the sanctioned strengths mentioned against each discipline.
UG Programs:
S.No Course Intake
1 Electronics and Communications Engineering 240
2 Computer Science and Engineering 240
3 Aeronautical Engineering 120
4 Information Technology 60
5 Mechanical Engineering 180
6 Mining Engineering 60
Total 900
PG Programs:
S.No. Course Intake
1 M.Tech (Systems & Signal Processing) – ECE 36
2 M.Tech (VLSI & Embedded Systems) – ECE 24
M.Tech(Computer Science and Engineering)–

3 72
CSE
4 M.Tech(Computer Science) 18
M.Tech (Aerospace Engineering) – ANE 60
5 M.Tech (Machine Design) – MECH 48
M.Tech (Thermal Engineering) – MECH

6 24
7 Master in Business Administration (MBA) 240
1. All members have conveyed their appreciation to the Chairman Ch. Mall Reddy Garu for being elected as a Member of Parliament., G.O.I.
2. Members have praised for NAAC Grade A with Score 3.20 achieved by MRCET, and also its number one position as compared to the remaining colleges applied for NAAC certification
3. Member Secretary Dr. VSK Reddy, principal of the Institution informed about the granting of Permanent affiliation from JNTUH to the Institution till 2018-2019 Academic year.
4. He also informed that the college has received the letter for Autonomous in November from Inspection committee of UGC and the inspection date is yet to be confirmed.
5. Placement details- Members of Governing Body praised about the placements achieved during the academic year 2014-15, for 65% of B.Tech students and 80% of MBA students.
6. Closure – M.Tech 2nd shift in SSP with strength of 18 and M.Tech C.S.E with strength of 18 has been closed from the academic year 2014-15.
7. Reduction- The seats for B.Tech Aeronautical Engg have been reduced from120 to 60 from the academic year 2014-15.
8. Chairman, Sri C.Sitapati rao, Dr.S.V.L.Narasimham, Dr.Mallesham & K.Suryanarayana have suggested the closure of existing Information Technology course and advised in its place cou
Instrumentation, Mechatronics, and Chemical Engineering can be explored for Introduction.
9. Dr.S.V.L.Narasimham, stated that Hiring third party services for the Table models in place of Huge machines for the exposure of the students with much cheaper cost.
10. Secretary Dr. VSK Reddy clarified to Sri C.Sitapati Rao Garu, that the college has allocated separated Buildings for the Departments.
11. Committee has appreciated Principal Dr.V.S.K.Reddy much for being chosen MRCET as best Engineering College for conducting of IIT workshop.
12. Secretary Dr. VSK Reddy informed the members that the college have received 300 AKASH TABLETS. And also shared that the faculty of ECE Mr. GS Naveen Kumar selected as a Tra
Analog Digital Program
13. Dr. T.C.Sarma asked for clarity regarding the budget allotment for Conference, FDP and R&D purpose and advised to project the same.
14. The Principal of the college has been highlighted the special achievements for all the members of the Institution.
Special Achievements:
· Accredited by NBA, AICTE, New Delhi.
· Accredited by NAAC-A Grade, UGC, Govt. of India.
· Institute has been certified with ISO 9001:2008
· UGC 2f & 12(B) recognized institution, UGC New Delhi
· Ranked ‘AAA’ among India’s Best Engineering colleges -2014, Survey by Careers360.
· Ranked 4th Among the Top Engineering Colleges of Excellence in AP Competition Success Review (CSR) -2014
· 9th Best B-School (Other than IIMs) in India for Academic Excellence by Silicon India Best B-School Survey.
· Ranked as one of the Best Engineering Colleges in India – Survey conducted by Outlook Magazine.
· 13th State wise Best Engineering Colleges Ranking by EDU Tech RAND 2014.
· Recognized e.Gov Campus by Engineering Watch, Re-Engineering India 2014.
· Granting of Permanent Affiliation status from JNTU, Hyderabad.
· Institute has entered an MoU with National Aerospace Laboratories (NAL), Bangalore.
· Grant of about Rs. 100 Lakhs sanctioned by AICTE, Govt. of India for various projects under Research & Development.
· Industry Institute Partnership Cell (IIPC)
· MRCET is a life member of NHRD Network
· Global Education and Career Counselling Centre to promote International Education.
· CISCO International Certification Authorized Centre.
· MoU with ESOL Examinations (BEC) University of Cambridge, UK.
· Approved to admit Foreign Students/PIO’s
· Nodal Center: IIT – Bombay for Technology Transfer
· Nodal Center: IIT – Kharagpur for Technology Transfer
· Microsoft Innovative Center at Campus to expose the students in the latest technologies.
· MoU with Microsoft Dynamics Package
· MoU with Zensar Technologies for the Technology Transfer
· JAVA Certification through Oracle Academy
15. Dr. S.V.L.Narasimham and Dr. T.C.Sarma suggested about the need to create Corpus Fund for the Conferences, FDP and R&D activities.
16. Dr. VSK Reddy replied that AICTE fund for the R&D projects were received.
17. The Governing Body has recommended the following names to the Academic Council as members from the Academic Year 2015-16 for a period of 2 years.
1. Education Nominee: Dr. N.S. Murthy, Professor, NIT Warangal.
2. Industrial Nominee: Sri. T.V. Shiva Rao National Manager, ANTON PAAR India Pvt. Ltd.,
3. Law Nominee: Dr. V. Balakista Reddy, Registrar, Nalsar University, Hyderabad.
4. Commerce Nominee: Dr. M. Seshagiri Prfoessor of MBA, GRIET, Hyderabad.
5. Medicine Nominee: Dr. Ch. Bhadra Reddy, Director, MRIMS
18. Mr. K.Suryanarayana enquired about incentives being provided by the college for those pursuing Ph.D in terms of Registration Fee & sponsoring towards Workshops etc.
19. Dr. S.V.L.Narasimham advised that college should explore the avenues for the Generation of more Revenue.
20. Sri K.Suryanarayana suggested that the status of completion of R&D projects should be projected for the benefit of college.
21. Dr. VSK Reddy appraised the members about the recognition of the Institution for Business Incubator Center (B.I) by MSME-D.I Government of India, New Delhi. The members apprecia
efforts put on by Principal Dr. VSK Reddy and the Coordinator Dr. P.H.V SHESHATALPASAI and unanimously authorise/accept for entering into agreement with MSME-D.I as a host Institution
Business Incubator Center (B.I), under the scheme for providing support for Entrepreneurial and Managerial Development of SME’s through Incubator.
22. Prof. P. Sanjeev Reddy thanked all the members for sparing their valuable time and making useful suggestions. He requested for their continued cooperation and valued suggestions.
The meeting concluded with a vote of thanks to the Chair.
10.1.3 Decentralization in working and grievanceredressal mechanism (10) 10.00
List the names of the faculty members who have been delegated powers for taking administrative decisions. Mention details in respect of decentralization in working. Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance redressal cell including AntiRagging Committee & S
Harassment Committee.
De-centralization in working:
Composition of committee authorized and delegated to take administrative decisions.
· Governing body of the institution has approved the constitution of the committee for de-centralization for working.
Dr. VSK Reddy, Principal – Member Secretary
The committee implements de-centralization in working of the institution in the following ways.
a. Recommends to the heads of various departments regarding appointment of faculty/staff to meet emergency requirements arising in between the academic year.
b. The committee recommends delegation of financial powers to heads of department upto a limit of Rs.3,00,000/- year co-ordinator/Lab incharge limit of Rs.1,00,000/- for meeting the trainin
the students as well as improving the equipment infrastructure.
c. Recommends all the departmental heads to deal with the day to day academic/administrative issues arising in respect of faculty and students.
The departmental head/year coordinators are delighted with powers to initiate the training programs beyond the syllabus and also to arrange internship programs in industry for the students to b
up to match with industry needs.
Grievances and Redressal Committee:
The composition and the functions of the committee are given below
Mrs. B. Jyothi, ECE, Assoc.Professor – Member
Mrs. Radha, CSE, Assoc.Professor – Member
Term of Members: 2 years
Functions:
Sometimes the faculty and students may have some grievances against the management on some issues. Since the grievance has to be satisfactorily resolved, a committee is required to r
Hence grievance committee is formed. The committee is supposed to examine the issue and suggest the redressal actions for satisfaction of the employees which enhances his performance
As a part of the Grievance Redressal Committee, a separate sub-committee is constituted which will specifically look into complaints received pertaining to sexual harassment of women at
place. The sub-committee is comprised of the following:
Chairman-Principal
Senior Lady HOD’s-2 members
Administrative Officer- Convener
The person found guilty of sexual harassment will be given strict warning and depending on the severity of the offence will be suspended/terminated form his service.
ANTI RAGGING COMMITTEE
Composition
Mr. E. Raja Gopal, Physical Director – Member
STUDENT MEMBERS:
Name of the
S.No. Year Branch
Student
1 D Laasya IV ECE
2 K Y Aman IV ECE
3 G Yamini III ECE
4 P Avinash III ECE
5 K Sridhar II ECE
6 V Sree Haritha II ECE
7 J. Sai Sharath IV CSE
8 J. Urmila IV CSE
9 Aditya Varma III CSE
10 Akhil Goud III CSE
11 Bharath II CSE
12 Dherendra II CSE
13 Nischint Agarwal IV ANE
14 D. Manoj Kumar IV ANE
15 Koteswara Rao III ANE
16 Shiv Rohan III ANE
17 N. Sri Ramya III ANE
18 G Swaroop II ANE
19 Saraswathi IV IT
20 K. Pavan Kumar IV IT
21 Kavya III IT
22 Abhiram III IT
23 C. Sai Kiran Naidu IV MECH
24 Vishwanath IV MECH
25 P. Gopichand III MECH
26 Sahithi III MECH
27 Sudheer II MECH
28 Sripriya II MECH
29 Md. Abdul Kareem II MINING
30 M. Vijay Kumar II MINING
R. Siva Shankar
31 II MBA
Naidu
32 G.Mounika II MBA
33 D.Dattatreya II MBA
34 M.Vandana II MBA
Term of members: One Year
Function
· Nowadays many cases of teasing the girls and junior students are observed in colleges. In view of it an Anti ragging committee is constituted in the college to be vigilant and taking preca
measures for avoiding such incidents in the college. This gives a continuous assurance and confidence to the parents of new entrants of the college driving out the fear perception from their mind
In the process, if anybody is found guilty, strict punishment will be awarded by the committee.
10.1.4 Delegation of financial powers (10) 10.00
Institution should explicitly mention financial powers delegated to the Principal, Heads of Departments and relevant in-charges. Demonstrate the utilization of financial powers for each year of the assessment years
The governing body approves the delegation of financial powers to the principal, HODs and relevant incharges in the proportion mentioned below:
Principal - 25,00,000/-
HOD’s - 3,00,000/-
Relevant incharges - 1,00,000/-
10.1.5 Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information in public domain (5) 5.00
(Information on policies, rules, processes and dissemination of this information to stakeholders is to be made available on the website)
The information on policies, rules and processes is made available in the institution website for use by all the stake holders.
10.2 Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting at Institute level (30)
Summary of currentfinancial year’s budget and actual expenditure incurred(for the institution exclusively)in the three previous financial years
Total Income at Institute level: For CFY,CFYm1,CFYm2 & CFYm3

CFY : (Current Financial Year),
CFYm1 : (Current Financial Year minus 1),
CFYm2 : (Current Financial Year minus 2) and
CFYm3 : (Current Financial Year minus 3)
Table 1 - CFY 2014-2015
Total Income 181280150 Actual expenditure(till…): 329758052 Total No. Of Stud
Fee Govt. Grants Other sources(specify) Recurring including salaries Non Recurring Special Projects/Anyother, specify Expenditure per s
166517400 0 0 14762750 277655750 52102302 0 82274.96
Table 2 - CFYm1 2013-2014
149517883 0 0 2176445 135548408 98068214 0 70493.85
Table 3 - CFYm2 2012-2013
101307000 0 0 8885530 153402357 55367019 0 69037.49
Table 4 - CFYm3 2011-2012
90423441 0 0 549976 55998404 49160357 0 43382.32
Budgeted in 2014- Actual Expenses in 2014-2015 Budgeted in 2013- Actual Expenses in 2013-2014 Budgeted in 2012- Actual Expenses in 2012-2013 Budgeted in 2011- Actual Expenses
Items
2015 till 2014 till 2013 till 2012
Infrastructure Built-Up 39003000 38503076 59946000 60846335 45326000 45126741 34614000 34314962
10.2.1 Adequacy of budget allocation (10) 10.00
(The institution needs to justify that the budget allocated during assessment years was adequate)
Adequacy of Budget Allocation
As the institution is self financed and sponsored by the society and the institution being already 12 – years old, the complete civil infrastructure is already in place and hence the total tuition f
from the students is more than adequate to run the institution including recurring & non-recurring expenditure.
10.2.2 Utilization of allocated funds (15) 15.00
(The institution needs to state how the budget was utilized during assessment years)
Utilization of allocated funds:
The budget utilized for recurring and non-recurring expenditure under the following heads:
a. Salaries – Salaries has been disbursed to AICTE norms.
b. The budget has been utilized in procuring the laboratory equipment as per the recommendations of the HOD’s based on the curriculum, also for organizing the FDP’s and students training prog
c. Administrative Expenditure – budget has been utilized in meeting day to day expenses in running the institution.
10.2.3 Availability of the audited statements on the institute’s website (5) 5.00
(The institution needs to make audited statements available on its website)
The audited statements have already been uploaded on the college website
10.3 Program Specific Budget Allocation, Utilization (30)
Total Income at Institute level: For CFY,CFYm1,CFYm2 & CFYm3

CFY: (Current Financial Year),
CFYm1 : (Current Financial Year minus 1),
CFYm2 : (Current Financial Year minus 2) and
CFYm3 : (Current Financial Year minus 3)
Table 1 :: CFY 2014-2015
19347230 Actual expenditure (till…): 19171845 Total No. Of Students 780
Non Recurring Recurring Non Recurring Recurring Expenditure per student
10302208 9045022 10438338 8733507 24580
Table 2 :: CFYm1 2013-2014
14185817 9371701 14624071 10885330 38650
Table 3 :: CFYm2 2012-2013
9794017 14053464 9883469 17535847 50776
Table 4 :: CFYm3 2011-2012
8348871 7235537 8408476 6695930 31467
Budgeted in 2014- Actual Expenses in 2014-2015 Budgeted in 2013- Actual Expenses in 2013-2014 Budgeted in 2012- Actual Expenses in 2012-2013 Budgeted in 2011- Actual Expenses
Items
2015 till 2014 till 2013 till 2012
Laboratory equipment 1197576 1156690 1398964 1608082 1053437 1153437 913188 982514
Software 513247 495724 599572 689178 451473 494330 391366 421077
Laboratory consumable 529730 471149 474925 514757 194464 158827 160693 200100
Maintenance and spares 2312754 2118161 1382036 1282469 893857 840251 672277 633002
R&D 1087679 1223992 415995 256690 338000 284424 149702 50781
Training and Travel 754603 949169 313808 254067 224285 277953 125148 95484
4360254 3971034 6784935 8577346 12402857 15974390 6112673 5716561

Total 10755843 10385919 11370235 13182589 15558373 19183612 8525047 8099519
10.3.1 Adequacy of budget allocation (10) 10.00
(Program needs to justify that the budget allocated over the assessment years was adequate for the program)
Adequacy of Budget Allocation
As the institution is self financed and the program being offered right from inception of the establishment of institution, the complete civil infrastructure is already in place and hence the total tu
collected from the students is more than adequate to run the institution including recurring & non-recurring expenditurestroke-width: 0px; word-spacing:0px>b. The budget has been utilized in pr
laboratory equipment as per the recommendations of the Lab incharge / Year coordinator based on the curriculum, also for organizing the FDP’s and students training programs.
10.3.2 Utilization of allocated funds (20) 20.00
(Program needs to state how the budget was utilized during the last three assessment years)
Utilization of allocated funds:
The budget utilized for recurring and non-recurring expenditure under the following heads:
a. Salaries – Salaries has been disbursed to AICTE norms.
b. The budget has been utilized in procuring the laboratory equipment as per the recommendations of the Lab incharge / Year coordinator based on the curriculum, also for organizing the FDP’s and students training programs.
c. Administrative Expenditure – budget has been utilized in meeting day to day expenses in running the institution.
10.4 Library and Internet (20)
(Indicate whether zero deficiency report was received by the Institution for all the assessment years. Effective availability/ purchase records and utilization of facilities/ equipment etc. to be documented and demonstrated)
Library and internet:
Library:
The students and faculty have been utilizing the library re-sources as well as laboratory facilities very effectively as most of the faculty and students stay in the hostels in close proximity of th
by staying late hours in the campus.
Internet:
With the rapid advancement of digital technology, internet facility has become very affordable to all and thus being widely utilized in accessing technology resources available globally
10.4.1 Quality of learning resources (hard/soft) (10) 10.00

• Relevance of available learning resources including e-resources
• Accessibility to students
• Support to students forself-learning activities
Adequate learning resources including e-resources are available in the college digital library. Therefore the students and faculty community are effectively utilizing this resource through internet f
10.4.2 Internet (10) 10.00
Name of the Internet provider Vainavi Industries Limited
Available band width 100 MBPS
WiFi availability Yes
Internet access in labs, classrooms, library and

Yes (Available)
offices of all Departments
Security arrangements Sonic Firewall Router
Annexure I
(A) PROGRAM OUTCOME (POs)
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering Knowledge : Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem Analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environme
considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give an
instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
(B) PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOME (PSOs)
Declaration
The head of the institution needs to make a declaration as per the format given Below :
This Self-Assessment Report (SAR) is prepared for the current academic year and the current financial year on behalf of the institution.
I certify that the information provided in this SAR is extracted from the records, and to the best of my knowledge, is correct and complete.
I understand that any false statement/information of consequence may lead to rejection of the application for the accreditation for a period of three or more years.
I also understand that the National Board of Accreditation (NBA) or its sub-committees will have the right to decide on the basis of the submitted SAR whether the institution should be considered for an accreditation visit.
If the information provided in the SAR is found to be wrong during the visit or subsequent to grant of accreditation, the NBA has the right to withdraw the grant of accreditation and no accreditation will be allowed for a period of next three years or more and the fee will
I undertake that the institution shall co-operate the visiting accreditation team, shall provide all desired information during the visit and arrange for the meeting as required for accreditation as per the NBA’s provision.
I undertake that, the institution is well aware about the provisions in the NBA’s accreditation manual concerned for this application, rules, regulations and notifications in force as on date and the institute shall fully abide to them.
I Solemnly affirm and agree to the above mentioned information/ facts.
Head of the Department Head of the Institute

Name : Name : Dr VSK Reddy
Designation : Designation : Principal
Signature : Signature :
Seal of The Institution :
Place : Hyderabad
Date : 01-05-2016 15:28:08

ECE - NBA - 2016 PART (Landscape) PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

ECE - NBA - 2016 PART (Landscape) PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

5/3/2016 https://enba.nbaind.org/SARTemplates/SARUGTireIITemplateRevisedPrint.aspx?

Electronics & Communication Engg.

Part A : Institutional Information

1 Name and Address of the Institution

MALLA REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS INSTITUTION)

MAISAMMAGUDA, DHULAPALLY (VIA. KOMPALLY), SECUNDERABAD - 500100

TELANGANA STATE, INDIA.

2 Name and Address of Affiliating University

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

KUKATPALLY, HYDERABAD - 500085

TELANGANA STATE, INDIA.

3 Year of establishment of the Institution:

4 Type of the Institution:

Central Government Trust

6 Other Academic Institutions of the Trust/Society/Company etc., if any:

Name of Institutions Year of Establishment Programs of Study Location

Year of Increase in Year of Year of initial AICTE Accreditaion Visit

8 Programs to be considered for Accreditation vide this application:

S No Level Discipline Program

9 Total number of employees in the institution:

CAY Current Assessment Year

CAYm1 Current Assessment Year minus 1

CAYm2 Current Assessment Year minus 2

A. Regular* Employees (Faculty and Staff):

2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

B. Contractual* Employees (Faculty and Staff):

2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

10 Total number of Engineering Students:

Engineering and Technology- UG

MBA Shift1 Shift2

Engineering and Technology- UG Shift-1

Items 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Engineering and Technology- PG Shift-1

Items 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Engineering and Technology- PG Shift-2

Items 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

Engineering and Technology- MBA Shift-1

Items 2014-2015 2013-2014 2012-2013

11 Vision of the Institution:

To become a model institution in the fields of Engineering Technology and Management.

12 Mission of the Institution:

Head of the Institution

Name Dr. VSK Reddy

Mobile No. 9440790760

NBA Coordinator, If Designated

Name Dr. S. Srinivasa Rao

Designation Professor & HOD - ECE

Mobile No. 9346648391

PART B: Criteria Summary

Critera No. Criteria Total Marks Institute Marks

1 VISION, MISSION AND PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (60)

To become a model institution in the fields of Engineering Technology and Management.

1.2 State the Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) (5)

(State the PEOs(3to5) of program seeking accreditation)

Publication of Mission and Vision

Dissemination of Mission and Vision

Process for defining the PEOs of the department

Table 1.2 Stakeholders demands

Table 1.4 Frequency of Data Collection of Surveys, Records and Meetings

Table 1.5 List of Files maintained in the Department

1.5 Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission of the Department (15)

Note : M1, M2, . . Mn are distinct elements of Mission statement.

Enter correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below: